Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2026-028 - 2/24/2026 - Approved
P.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Police TrainingAcademy Generator 25075 0 { 00F,PQ4iA;�� 1852 NRG Engineering, PLLC 5656 S. Staples Street, Ste. 312 Corpus Christi, Tx 78411 361-852-2727 09/0812025 Record Drawing Number: PBG-968 ®JOHN A. RODRIGUEZ III 0 90273 = a 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 000100 Table of Contents 000102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev8-2019) Part T Technical Specifications 22 14 00 Supports and Anchors 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping 260100 Electrical General Provisions 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Electrical Identification 26 12 30 Wire and Cable 26 13 60 Raceways Table of Contents 00 0100- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 Division/ Title Section 26 32 00 Natural Gas Engine Generator 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch Appendix Exhibit A—Rock Engineering&Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL) Geotechnical Report Dated 9/30/21—City Project#21086—RETL Report#G121421 END OF SECTION Table of Contents 00 0100-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 4os ' DATE(MrI/DD[YYYY) A6t CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURAINCE 11/13/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT- If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Michelle McCall NAME: Risk Services of Louisiana LA N H,CO NEo,Elt): FAX(318)797-2422 (,,jc,No: (318)795-4892 333 Texas Street,Suite 1000 E-MAIL michelle-mccall@leavitt.com ADDRESS: INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Shreveport LA 71101 INSURERA: The Phoenix Insurance Company 25623 INSURED INSURER B: The Charter Oak Fire Insurance Company 25615 C F McDonald Electric Inc INSURER C: Travelers Indemnity Company of Connecticut 25682 McDonald Municipal&Industrial INSURER D: St Paul Surplus Lines Insurance Company 30481 5044 Timber Creek Drive INSURER E: Travelers Property Casualty Co.of America 25674 Houston TX 77017 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 2025 LIAB REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR AUUL 5UtJK POL POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/D (MMIDDNYYY) LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TOR 300,000 -1 OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE FX PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5,000 A DT-CO-A9854158-PHX 04/01/2025 04/01/2026 -PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 ]LOC POLICY[X J`ER,0T FX PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CO MBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 (E,accident X ANYAUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ B OWNED SCHEDULED 810-A9854331 04101/2025 04/01/2026 BODILY INJURY(Par accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY AMAGE $ Per ) AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY IX $ UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 10,000,000 E ]X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE CUP-B1-693789-25-MF 04/01/2025 04/01/2026 AGGREGATE $ 10,000,000 DED I I RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION STATUTE EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY X1 TATUT ER - ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN E.L.EACH ACCIDENT 1,000,000 C OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED FN] N/A UBOOA985440A 04/01/2025 04/01/2026 $ (Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ Prof each error omission 1,000,000 Professional Liability D Pollution Liability ZCE016RO4646-25-SK 04/0112025 04101/2026 Poll-each condition 10,000,000 I I I I I I Poll aggregate 10,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,maybe attached if more space is required) Project:Police Training Academy Generator Project No.25075 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Corpus Christi ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. P.O Box 9277 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Corpus Christi TX 78469 @ 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: LOC#: ACC)R" ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page of AGENCY NAMED INSURED Risk Services of Louisiana C F McDonald Electric Inc POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance:Notes Complete Named Insured:C F McDonald Electric,Inc., McDonald Municipal&Industrial,A Division of C F McDonald Electric,Inc. The General Liability,Automobile,Pollution and Umbrella policies include blanket automatic insured endorsement provision that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status. The General Liability and Automobile liability policies contain a special endorsement with"Primary and Noncontributory"wording. The General Liability,Automobile,Pollution,Worker's Compensation and Umbrella policies include a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires it. The General Liability,Automobile,Worker's Compensation,Pollution and Umbrella polciies include a blanket notice of cancellation to certificate holders endorsement,providing for 30 days'notice if the policy is cancelled by the company other than for nonpayment of premium,10 days'notice after the policy is cancelled for nonpayment of premium.Notice Is sent to certificate holders with mailing addresses on file with the agent of the company. Workers compensation coverage includes maritime and USL&H endorsements. Pollution coverage includes mold,subject to the policy's exclusions,limits,retentions,terms and conditions. Umbrella is follow form on underlying policies,subject to its own exclusions,terms and conditions. ACORD 101 (2008/01) © 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD '- TRAVEL POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-A9854158-PHX-25 EFFECTIVE DATE: 04-01-25 ISSUE DATE: 04-10-25 LISTING OF FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS THIS LISTING SHOWS THE NUMBER OF FORMS, SCHEDULES AND ENDORSEMENTS BY LINE OF BUSINESS. IL TO 02 11 89 COMMON POLICY DECLARATIONS IL T8 01 10 93 FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS IL TO 15 01 04 POLICY JACKET-EXECUTION CLAUSE IL TO 01 01 07 COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS IL TO 03 04 96 LOCATION SCHEDULE IL T8 03 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT IL T3 20 05 19 NOTICE - CANC, NONRENEWAL PROVIDED BY US GENERAL LIABILITY - CONTRACTORS CG TO 01 11 03 COML GENERAL LIABILITY COV PART DEC CG D3 05 07 08 DEDUCTIBLE LIABILITY INSURANCE CG TO 07 09 87 DECLARATIONS PREMIUM SCHEDULE CG TO 08 11 03 KEY TO DECLARATIONS PREMIUM SCHEDULE CG TO 34 02 19 TABLE OF CONTENTS - COM GEN LIAB COV CG T1 00 02 19 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COV FORM CG D6 04 02 19 BLANKET ADDL INS - AUTOMATIC STATUS REQ CG D9 10 09 21 AMENDMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY EXCL CG D2 03 12 97 AMEND-NON CUMULATION OF EACH OCC CG D2 11 01 04 DESIGNATED PROJECT(S) GEN AGGR LIMIT CG D3 16 02 19 XTEND ENDORSEMENT FOR CONTRACTORS CG D2 43 01 02 FUNGI OR BACTERIA EXCLUSION CG D2 93 11 03 EXCL-CONSTRUCT MANAGE ERRORS & OMISSIONS CG D3 22 10 20 EXCL-CLMS OR SUITS BY NAMED INSUREDS CG D5 46 10 11 EXCL - ARCHITECT/ENG/SURVEY PROF SERV CG D6 18 10 11 EXCL-VIOLATION OF CONSUMER FIN PROT LAWS CG D9 41 09 22 EXCLUSION - PFAS CG D9 44 01 23 EXCL-VIOLATIONOFBIOMETRICINFOPRIVACYLAWS CG F2 68 02 19 TX CHANGES-EMPL-RELATED PRACTICES EXCL CG 21 54 12 19 EXCL-DESIG OPS CURD BY A CONTROLLED IP CG DO 76 06 93 EXCLUSION-LEAD CG D1 42 02 19 EXCLUSION-DISCRIMINATION CG D2 04 12 17 EXCL-EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM CG D2 40 09 15 EXCLUSION -SILICA OR SILICA-RELATED DUST CG T3 20 02 19 EXCL-ALL POLLUTION INJURY OR DAMAGE CG 01 03 06 06 TEXAS CHANGES CG TO 09 09 93 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIAB COV PART DEC CG TO 43 01 16 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIAB TABLE OF CONTENTS CG T1 01 01 16 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY COV FORM CG D9 48 01 23 EXCL-VIOLATIONOFBIOMETRICINFOPRIVACYLAWS INTERLINE ENDORSEMENTS IL T3 68 01 21 FED TERRORISM RISK INS ACT DISCLOSURE IL TS 01 10 93 PAGE: 1 OF 2 TRAVELERS) POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-A9854158-PHX-25 EFFECTIVE DATE: 04-01-25 ISSUE DATE: 04-10-25 INTERLINE ENDORSEMENTS (CONTINUED) IL T4 05 05 19 DESIG PERSON, ORG-NOTICE PROVIDED BY US IL T4 12 03 15 AMNDT COMMON POLICY COND-PROHIBITED COVG IL T4 14 01 21 CAP ON LOSSES FROM CERT ACTS OF TERRORIS IL T4 27 06 19 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS IL 00 21 09 08 NUCLEAR ENERGY LIAB EXCL END-BROAD FORM IL 01 68 03 12 TEXAS CHANGES - DUTIES IL 02 75 11 13 TX CHNG-CANC 6 NONRENEW PROV-CAS LINES POLICYHOLDER NOTICES PN T2 27 06 19 LOSS CONTROL SERVICES (TEXAS) PN Tl 94 12 21 IMPORTANT NOTICE - LEAD EXCLUSION PN Ul 93 11 21 IMPNOTICETX-EXCLSILICAORSILICARELTEDDUST IL T8 01 10 93 PAGE: 2 OF 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY c. Method Of Sharing a. The statements in the Declarations are If all of the other insurance permits contribution accurate and complete; by equal shares,we will follow this method also. b. Those statements are based upon Under this approach each insurer contributes representations you made to us; and equal amounts until it has paid its applicable c. We have issued this policy in reliance upon limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, your representations. whichever comes first. The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error If any of the other insurance does not permit in, any information provided by you which we relied contribution by equal shares, we will contribute upon in issuing this policy will not prejudice your by limits. Under this method, each insurer's rights under this insurance. However, this provision share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit does not affect our right to collect additional of insurance to the total applicable limits of premium or to exercise our rights of cancellation or insurance of all insurers, nonrenewal in accordance with applicable insurance d. Primary And Non-Contributory Insurance If laws or regulations. Required By Written Contract 7. Separation Of Insureds If you specifically agree in a written contract or Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and agreement that the insurance afforded to an any rights or duties specifically assigned in this insured under this Coverage Part must apply on Coverage Part to the first Named Insured, this a primary basis, or a primary and non- insurance applies: contributory basis, this insurance is primary to a. As if each Named Insured were the only other insurance that is available to such insured Named Insured; and which covers such insured as a named insured, and we will not share with that other insurance, b• Separately to each insured against whom claim provided that: is made or"suit" is brought. (1) The "bodily injury" or"property damage"for 8. To Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others which coverage is sought occurs; and (2) The "personal and advertising injury" for If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any which coverage is sought is caused by an payment we have made under this Coverage Part, offense that is committed; those rights are transferred to us.The insured must subsequent to the signing of that contract or do nothing after loss to impair them.At our request, agreement by you. the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. S. Premium Audit 9. When We Do Not Renew a. We will compute all premiums for this Coverage If we decide not to renew this Coverage Part,we will Part in accordance with our rules and rates. mail or deliver to the first Named Insured shown in b. Premium shown in this Coverage Part as the Declarations written notice of the nonrenewal advance premium is a deposit premium only.At not less than 30 days before the expiration date. the close of each audit period we will compute If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient the earned premium for that period and send notice to the first Named Insured. The due date proof of notice. for audit and retrospective premiums is the date SECTION V—DEFINITIONS shown as the due date on the bill. If the sum of 1. "Advertisement" means a notice that is broadcast or the advance and audit premiums paid for the published to the general public or specific market policy period is greater than the earned segments about your goods, products or services premium, we will return the excess to the first for the purpose of attracting customers or Named Insured. supporters. For the purposes of this definition: c. The first Named Insured must keep records of a. Notices that are published include material the information we need for premium placed on the Internet or on similar electronic computation, and send us copies at such times means of communication; and as we may request. b. Regarding websites, only that part of a website 6. Representations that is about your goods, products or services By accepting this policy,you agree: for the purposes of attracting customers or supporters is considered an advertisement. Page 16 of 21 ©2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CC T1 00 02 19 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc,with its permission. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - AUTOMATIC STATUS IF REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to SECTION II —WHO IS AN (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Les- INSURED: sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person Any person or organization that: or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 a. You agree in a written contract or agreement to 07 04 or CG 20 10 04 13, the Additional include as an additional insured on this Coverage Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contrac- Part; and tors — Completed Operations endorse- ment CG 20 37 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13, b. Has not been added as an additional insured for or both of such endorsements with either the same project by attachment of an endorse- of those edition dates; or ment under this Coverage Part which includes such person or organization in the endorsement's (b) Either or both of the following: the Addi- schedule; tional Insured—Owners, Lessees or Con- tractors — Scheduled Person Or Organi- is an insured, but: zation endorsement CG 20 10, or the Ad- a. Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or ditional Insured — Owners, Lessees or "property damage" that occurs, or for "personal Contractors — Completed Operations en- injury" caused by an offense that is committed, dorsement CG 20 37, without an edition subsequent to the signing of that contract or date of such endorsement specified; agreement and while that part of the contract or the person or organization is an additional in- agreement is in effect; and sured only if the injury or damage is caused, b. Only as described in Paragraph (1), (2) or(3) be- in whole or in part, by acts or omissions of low,whichever applies: you or your subcontractor in the performance (1) If the written contract or agreement specifical- of"your work" to which the written contract or ly requires you to provide additional insured agreement applies; or coverage to that person or organization by (3) If neither Paragraph(1) nor(2) above applies: the use of: (a) The person or organization is an addi- (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Les- tional insured only if, and to the extent sees or Contractors — (Form B) endorse- that, the injury or damage is caused by ment CG 20 10 11 85; or acts or omissions of you or your subcon- (b) Either or both of the following: the Addi- tractor in the performance of "your work" tional Insured—Owners, Lessees or Con- to which the written contract or agree- tractors — Scheduled Person Or Organi- ment applies; and zation endorsement CG 20 10 10 01, or (b) Such person or organization does not the Additional Insured —Owners, Lessees qualify as an additional insured with re- or Contractors — Completed Operations spect to the independent acts or omis- endorsement CG 20 37 10 01; sions of such person or organization. the person or organization is an additional in- The insurance provided to such additional insured is sured only if the injury or damage arises out subject to the following provisions: of"your work" to which the written contract or a. If the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part agreement applies; shown in the Declarations exceed the minimum (2) If the written contract or agreement specifical- limits required by the written contract or agree- ly requires you to provide additional insured ment, the insurance provided to the additional in- coverage to that person or organization by sured will be limited to such minimum required the use of: limits. For the purposes of determining whether CG D6 04 02 19 0 2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY this limitation applies,the minimum limits required result in a claim. To the extent possible, such by the written contract or agreement will be con- notice should include: sidered to include the minimum limits of any Um- (a) How, when and where the "occurrence" brella or Excess liability coverage required for the or offense took place; additional insured by that written contract or (b) The names and addresses of any injured agreement. This provision will not increase the persons and witnesses; and limits of insurance described in Section III—Limits Of Insurance. (c) The nature and location of any injury or b. The insurance provided to such additional insured damage arising out of the 'occurrence"or does not apply to: offense. (1) Any "bodily injury", "property damage" or (2) If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against "personal injury" arising out of the providing, the additional insured: or failure to provide, any professional archi- (a) Immediately record the specifics of the tectural, engineering or surveying services, claim or"suit" and the date received; and including: (b) Notify us as soon as practicable and see (a) The preparing, approving, or failing to to it that we receive written notice of the prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- claim or"suit" as soon as practicable. ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- (3) Immediately send us copies of all legal pa- ders or change orders, or the preparing, pers received in connection with the claim or approving, or failing to prepare or ap- "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation prove, drawings and specifications; and or settlement of the claim or defense against (b) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or the "suit", and otherwise comply with all policy engineering activities. conditions. (2) Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" (4) Tender the defense and indemnity of any caused by "your work" and included in the claim or "suit" to any provider of other insur- "products-completed operations hazard" un- ance which would cover such additional fin- less the written contract or agreement specifi- sured for a loss we cover. However, this con- cally requires you to provide such coverage dition does not affect whether the insurance for that additional insured during the policy provided to such additional insured is primary period. to other insurance available to such additional c. The additional insured must comply with the fol- insured which covers that person or organiza- lowing duties: tion as a named insured as described in Par- (1) Give us written notice as soon as practicable agraph 4., Other Insurance, of Section IV — of an 'occurrence" or an offense which may Commercial General Liability Conditions. Page 2 of 2 ©2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CG ®6 04 02 19 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. XTEN® ENDORSEMENT FOR CONTRACTORS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE—This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general coverage description only. Read all the provisions of this endorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Who Is An Insured—Unnamed Subsidiaries C. Incidental Medical Malpractice B. Blanket Additional Insured — Governmental D. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation Entities — Permits Or Authorizations Relating To E. Contractual Liability—Railroads Operations F. Damage To Premises Rented To You PROVISIONS a. An organization other than a partnership,joint A. WHO IS AN INSURED — UNNAMED venture or limited liability company; or SUBSIDIARIES b. A trust; The following is added to SECTION II —WHO IS as indicated in its name or the documents that AN INSURED: govern its structure. Any of your subsidiaries, other than a partnership, B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — joint venture or limited liability company, that is GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES — PERMITS OR not shown as a Named Insured in the AUTHORIZATIONS RELATING TO OPERATIONS Declarations is a Named Insured if: a. You are the sole owner of, or maintain an The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS ownership interest of more than 50% in, such AN INSURED: subsidiary on the first day of the policy period; Any governmental entity that has issued a permit and or authorization with respect to operations b. Such subsidiary is not an insured under performed by you or on your behalf and that you similar other insurance. are required by any ordinance, law, building code or written contract or agreement to include as an No such subsidiary is an insured for"bodily injury" additional insured on this Coverage Part is an or "property damage" that occurred, or "personal insured, but only with respect to liability for"bodily and advertising injury" caused by an offense injury", "property damage" or "personal and committed: advertising injury" arising out of such operations. a. Before you maintained an ownership interest The insurance provided to such governmental of more than 50% in such subsidiary; or entity does not apply to: b. After the date, if any, during the policy period a. Any "bodily injury", "property damage" or that you no longer maintain an ownership "personal and advertising injury" arising out of interest of more than 50% in such subsidiary. operations performed for the governmental For purposes of Paragraph 1. of Section 11 —Who entity; or Is An Insured, each such subsidiary will be b. Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" deemed to be designated in the Declarations as: included in the if deemed operations hazard". CG D3 16 02 19 ©2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 3 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY C. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE pharmaceuticals committed by, or with the 1. The following replaces Paragraph b. of the knowledge or consent of,the insured, definition of "occurrence" in the 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS DEFINITIONS Section: Section: b. An act or omission committed in providing "Incidental medical services"means: or failing to provide "incidental medical services", first aid or "Good Samaritan a. Medical, surgical, dental, laboratory, x-ray services" to a person, unless you are in or nursing service or treatment, advice or the business or occupation of providing instruction, or the related furnishing of professional health care services. food or beverages; or 2. The following replaces the last paragraph of b. The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or Paragraph 2.a.(1) of SECTION II — WHO IS medical, dental, or surgical supplies or AN INSURED: appliances. Unless you are in the business or occupation 6. The following is added to Paragraph 4.b., of providing professional health care services, Excess Insurance, of SECTION IV — Paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d) above do COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY not apply to "bodily injury" arising out of CONDITIONS: providing or failing to provide: This insurance is excess over any valid and (a) "Incidental medical services" by any of collectible other insurance, whether primary, your "employees" who is a nurse, nurse excess, contingent or on any other basis, that assistant, emergency medical technician is available to any of your "employees" for or paramedic; or "bodily injury" that arises out of providing or (b) First aid or "Good Samaritan services" by failing to provide "incidental medical services" any of your "employees" or "volunteer to any person to the extent not subject to workers", other than an employed or Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section 11 — Who Is An volunteer doctor. Any such "employees" Insured. or "volunteer workers" providing or failing D. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION to provide first aid or "Good Samaritan services" during their work hours for you The following is added to Paragraph 8., Transfer will be deemed to be acting within the Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, scope of their employment by you or of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL performing duties related to the conduct LIABILITY CONDITIONS: of your business. If the insured has agreed in a contract or 3. The following replaces the last sentence of agreement to waive that insured's right of Paragraph S. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF recovery against any person or organization, we INSURANCE: waive our right of recovery against such person or For the purposes of determining the organization, but only for payments we make applicable Each Occurrence Limit, all related because of: acts or omissions committed in providing or a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that failing to provide "incidental medical occurs; or services", first aid or "Good Samaritan services"to any one person will be deemed to b. "Personal and advertising injury" caused by be one "occurrence". an offense that is committed; 4. The following exclusion is added to subsequent to the execution of the contract or Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — agreement. COVERAGES — COVERAGE A — BODILY E. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY—RAILROADS INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: 1. The following replaces Paragraph c. of the Sale Of Pharmaceuticals definition of "insured contract" in the "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising DEFINITIONS Section: out of the violation of a penal statute or c. Any easement or license agreement; ordinance relating to the sale of Page 2 of 3 ©2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CG D3 16 02 19 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 2. Paragraph f.(1) of the definition of "insured a. Any premises while rented to you or contract" in the DEFINITIONS Section is temporarily occupied by you with permission deleted. of the owner; or F. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU b. The contents of any premises while such The following replaces the definition of "premises premises is rented to you, if you rent such damage" in the DEFINITIONS Section: premises for a period of seven or fewer "Premises damage" means "property damage"to: consecutive days. CG D3 16 02 19 ©2017 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 3 of 3 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-A9854158-PHX-25 ISSUE DATE: 04-10-25 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY DESIGNATED ( ) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Project General Aggregate(s): GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT SHOWN ON THE DECLARATIONS A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally 3. Any payments made under COVERAGE A. obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- for damages or under COVERAGE C. for rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION 1), and medical expenses shall reduce the Desig- for all medical expenses caused by accidents un- nated Project General Aggregate Limit for der COVERAGE C (SECTION 1), which can be that designated "project". Such payments attributed only to operations at a single desig- shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nated "project"shown in the Schedule abo ve: shown in the Declarations nor shall they re- 1. A separate Designated Project General Ag- duce any other Designated Project General gregate Limit applies to each designated "pro- Aggregate Limit for any other designated ject", and that limit is equal to the amount of "project" shown in the Schedule above. the General Aggregate Limit shown in the 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Declarations, unless separate Designated Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented Project General Aggregate(s) are sched- To You and Medical Expense continue to uled above. apply. However, instead of being subject to 2. The Designated Project General Aggregate the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all Declarations, such limits will be subject to the damages under COVERAGE A., except applicable Designated Project General Ag- damages because of "bodily injury" or "prop- gregate Limit. erty damage" included in the "products- B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally completed operations hazard", and for medi- obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur- cal expenses under COVERAGE C, regard- rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION 1), and less of the number of: for all medical expenses caused by accidents un- a. Insureds; der COVERAGE C. (SECTION 1), which cannot be attributed only to operations at a single desig- nated "project"shown in the Schedule abo ve: c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". CG D2 11 01 04 Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 Page 1 of 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1. Any payments made under COVERAGE A. vided, any payments for damages because of for damages or under COVERAGE C. for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in medical expenses shall reduce the amount the "products-completed operations hazard" will available under the General Aggregate Limit reduce the Products-Completed Operations Ag- or the Products-Completed Operations Ag- gregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggre- gregate Limit,whichever is applicable; and gate Limit nor the Designated Project General 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Desig- Aggregate Limit. nated Project General Aggregate L imit. E. For the purposes of this endorsement the Defini- C. Part 2. of SECTION III—LIMITS OF INSURANCE tions Section is amended by the addition of the is deleted and rep laced by the following: following definition: 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we "Project" means an area away from premises will pay for the sum of: owned by or rented to you at which you are per- forming operations pursuant to a contract or a. Damages under Coverage B; and agreement. For the purposes of determining the b. Damages from 'occurrences" under applicable aggregate limit of insurance, each COVERAGE A (SECTION 1) and for all "project" that includes premises involving the medical expenses caused by accidents same or connecting lots, or premises whose con- under COVERAGE C (SECTION 1) which nection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, cannot be attributed only to operations at waterway or right-of-way of a railroad shall be a single designated "project"shown in the considered a single "project". SCHEDULE above. F. The provisions of SECTION III — LIMITS OF D. When coverage for liability arising out of the INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this en- "products-completed operations hazard" is pro- dorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page 2 of 2 Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 CG D2 11 01 04 POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-A9854158-PHX-25 ISSUE DATE: 04-10-25 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION I This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION CONTINUED ON IL T8 03 ADDRESS: CONTINUED ON IL T8 03 HOUSTON TX 77017 PROVISIONS If we cancel this policy for any legally permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for Cancellation in the Schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in such Schedule. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the Schedule above at least the number of days shown for Cancellation in such Schedule before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 05 19 ©2019 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-A9854158-PHX-25 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY - DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US IL T4 05 05 19 THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY CONTINUATION ON FORM IL T4 05, PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS ENDORSEMENT. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. IL T8 03 Page 1 i POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-A9854158-PHX-25 ISSUE DATE: 04-10-25 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLIO. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PROVIDEDNOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR NONRENEWAL This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: 60 WHEN WE DO NOT RENEW(Nonrenewal): Number of Days Notice: 60 PROVISIONS D. If we do not renew this policy for any legally A. If we cancel this policy for any legally permitted permitted reason other than nonpayment of reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a premium, and a number of days is shown for number of days is shown for Cancellation in the When We Do Not Renew (Nonrenewal) in the Schedule above, we will mail notice of Schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation at least the number of days shown nonrenewal at least the number of days shown for for Cancellation in such Schedule before the When We Do Not Renew (Nonrenewal) in such effective date of cancellation. Schedule before the effective date of nonrenewal. IL T3 20 05 19 ©2019 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: 810-A9854331-25-26-G EFFECTIVE DATE: 04/01/2025 ISSUE DATE: 04/09/2025 LISTING OF FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS THIS LISTING SHOWS THE NUMBER OF FORMS, SCHEDULES AND ENDORSEMENTS BY LINE OF BUSINESS IL TO 02 11 89 COMMON POLICY DECLARATIONS IL T8 01 01 01 FORMS ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS IL TO 01 01 07 COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS CA FO 87 08 07 CALCULATION OF PREMIUM - COMPOSITE RATES IL T8 25 CALCULATION OF PREMIUM - COMPOSITE RATES COMMERCIAL AUTO CA TO 01 02 15 BA- COVERAGE PART DECS (ITEMS 1 & 2) CA TO 03 02 15 BUS AUTO COV PART DECLARATIONS-4&5 CA TO 30 02 16 BUSINESS AUTO/MC COV PART-UM SUPPL SCHD CA TO 31 02 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS-BUSINESS AUTO COV FORM CA 00 01 10 13 BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM CA 01 96 10 13 TEXAS CHANGES CA 20 01 10 13 LESSOR - ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE CA 20 55 10 13 FELLOW EMPLOYEE COVERAGE CA 21 09 10 13 TEXAS UNINSURED/UNDERINSURED MOTORISTS COVERAGE CA 22 64 10 13 TEXAS PERSONAL INJURY PROTECTION ENDORSEMENT CA 99 03 10 13 AUTO MEDICAL PAYMENTS COVERAGE CA 99 95 10 13 TEXAS SUPPLEMENTARY DEATH BENEFIT CA FO 85 02 15 EARLIER NOTICE OF CANCELLATION/NONRENEWAL PROVIDED BY US - TEXAS CA T4 52 02 16 SHORT TERM HIRED AUTO - ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE CA T4 59 02 15 AMENDMENT OF EMPLOYEE DEFINITION CA T4 99 02 16 BLNKT ADDL INSD-PNC W/OTHR INS-CNTRCTR CA T6 44 07 24 LONG TERM LEASED AUTOS COVERED AS OWNED AUTOS CA T3 53 02 15 BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT CA FO 51 02 15 TEXAS CHANGES - CANCELLATION AND NONRENEWAL INTERLINE ENDORSEMENTS IL T4 05 05 19 DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US IL T4 27 06 19 ADDITIONAL BENEFITS IL T4 12 03 15 AMNDT COMMON POLICY COND-PROHIBITED COVG IL 00 21 09 08 NUCLEAR ENERGY LIABILITY EXCLUSION ENDORSEMENT (BROAD FORM) IL TO 10 12 86 LENDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - FORM A POLICY HOLDER NOTICES PN T2 27 06 19 LOSS CONTROL SERVICES (TEXAS) IL T8 01 01 01 PAGE: 1 OF 2 POLICY NUMBER: 810-A9854331-25-26-G EFFECTIVE DATE: 04/01/2025 ISSUE DATE: 04/09/2025 PN U4 97 01 24 IMPORTANT INFORMATION CONCERNING YOUR MOTOR VEHICLE INSURANCE AND DMV REPORTING IL T3 01 01 01 PAGE: 2 OF 2 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY WITH OTHER INSURANCE - CONTRACTORS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM PROVISIONS 2. The following is added to Paragraph B.S., Other 1. The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., Insurance of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED CONDITIONS: AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Regardless of the provisions of paragraph a. and This includes any person or organization who you paragraph d. of this part S. Other Insurance, this are required under a written contract or insurance is primary to and non-contributory with agreement, that is signed by you before the applicable other insurance under which an "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and additional insured person or organization is a that is in effect during the policy period, to name named insured when a written contract or as an additional insured for Covered Autos agreement with you, that is signed by you before Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs this insurance applies and only to the extent of and that is in effect during the policy period, that person's or organization's liability for the requires this insurance to be primary and non- conduct of another"insured". contributory. CA T4 99 02 16 ©2016 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE—This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED USE—INCREASED LIMIT C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO 1. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES—INCREASED LIMIT D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED J. PERSONAL PROPERTY E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED K. AIRBAGS LIMITS L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- LOSS ERAGE—INDEMNITY BASIS M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE—GLASS N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS PROVISIONS A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED this insurance applies and only to the extent that The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained An Insured, of SECTION II —COVERED AUTOS in Section 11. LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any organization you newly acquire or form dur- C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO ing the policy period over which you maintain 1. The following is added to Paragraph A.1., 50% or more ownership interest and that is not Who Is An Insured, of SECTION 11 — COV- separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Coverage under this provision is afforded only un- An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or- operating an "auto" hired or rented under a ganization or the end of the policy period, which- contract or agreement in an "employee's" ever is earlier. name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ness. The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., 2. The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.S., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED Other Insurance, of SECTION IV — BUSI- AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Any person or organization who is required under b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover- a written contract or agreement between you and age, the following are deemed to be cov- that person or organization, that is signed and ered "autos"you own: executed by you before the "bodily injury" or (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, "property damage" occurs and that is in effect rent or borrow; and during the policy period, to be named as an addi- (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented by tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos your "employee" under a contract in Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which an "employee's" name, with your CA T3 53 02 15 ©2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties (a) With respect to any claim made or "suit" related to the conduct of your busi- brought outside the United States of ness. America, the territories and possessions However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, of the United States of America, Puerto rented or borrowed with a driver is not a Rico and Canada: covered "auto". (i) You must arrange to defend the "in- D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED sured" against, and investigate or set- The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is tle any such claim or "suit" and keep An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS us advised of all proceedings and ac- tions. LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us- (ii) Neither you nor any other involved ing a covered "auto"you don't own, hire or borrow "insured" will make any settlement in your business or your personal affairs. without our consent. E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED (III)We may, at our discretion, participate LIMITS in defending the "insured" against, or in the settlement of, any claim or 1. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2), "suit". of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (iv) We will reimburse the "insured" for sums that the "insured" legally must (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- pay as damages because of "bodily cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- injury" or "property damage" to which tions) required because of an "accident" this insurance applies, that the "in- we cover. We do not have to furnish sured" pays with our consent, but these bonds. only up to the limit described in Para- 2. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4), graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- SECTION 11 — COVERED AUTOS ITY COVERAGE: LIABILITY COVERAGE. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the (v) We will reimburse the "insured" for "insured" at our request, including actual the reasonable expenses incurred loss of earnings up to $500 a day be- with our consent for your investiga- cause of time off from work. tion of such claims and your defense of the "insured" against any such F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- "suit", but only up to and included ERAGE—INDEMNITY BASIS within the limit described in Para- The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in TIONS: addition to such limit. Our duty to (5) Anywhere in the world, except any country or make such payments ends when we jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em- have used up the applicable limit of insurance in payments for damages, bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the settlements or defense expenses. United States of America applies to and pro- hibits the transaction of business with or (b) This insurance is excess over any valid within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov- and collectible other insurance available ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered to the "insured" whether primary, excess, "auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow contingent or on any other basis. without a driver for a period of 30 days or less (c) This insurance is not a substitute for re- and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent quired or compulsory insurance in any or borrow from any of your "employees", country outside the United States, its ter- partners (if you are a partnership), members ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and (if you are a limited liability company) or Canada. members of their households. Page 2 of 4 ©2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO You agree to maintain all required or (2) In or on your covered "auto". compulsory insurance in any such coun- This coverage applies only in the event of a total try up to the minimum limits required by theft of your covered "auto". local law. Your failure to comply with compulsory insurance requirements will No deductibles apply to this Personal Property not invalidate the coverage afforded by coverage. this policy, but we will only be liable to the K. AIRBAGS same extent we would have been liable The following is added to Paragraph B.3., Exclu- had you complied with the compulsory in- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE surance requirements. COVERAGE: (d) It is understood that we are not an admit- Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or ted or authorized insurer outside the more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in- United States of America, its territories flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss" and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can- set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but ada. We assume no responsibility for the only: furnishing of certificates of insurance, or a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre- for compliance in any way with the laws hensive Coverage under this policy; of other countries relating to insurance. b. The airbags are not covered under any war- G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE—GLASS ranty; and The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti- c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated. ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any COVERAGE: one"loss". No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than LOSS replaced. The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., of H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF SECTION IV—BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: USE—INCREASED LIMIT Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- The following replaces the last sentence of Para- tive prompt notice of the "accident" or "loss" ap- graph A.4.b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC- plies only when the "accident" or "loss" is known TION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: to: However, the most we will pay for any expenses (a) You (if you are an individual); for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of (b) A partner(if you are a partnership); $750 for any one "accident". (c) A member (if you are a limited liability com- I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION pany); EXPENSES—INCREASED LIMIT (d) An executive officer, director or insurance The following replaces the first sentence in Para- manager (if you are a corporation or other or- graph AA.a., Transportation Expenses, of ganization); or SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- (e) Any "employee" authorized by you to give no- AGE: tice of the "accident"or"loss". We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in- The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer curred by you because of the total theft of a cov- e Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, red "auto" of the private passenger type. of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- J. PERSONAL PROPERTY TIONS : The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover- S. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL Others To Us DAMAGE COVERAGE: We waive any right of recovery we may have Personal Property against any person or organization to the ex- tent required of you by a written contract We will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap- signed and executed prior to any "accident" parel and other personal property which is: or"loss", provided that the "accident" or"loss" (1) Owned by an "insured"; and arises out of operations contemplated by CA T3 53 02 15 ©2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the The unintentional omission of, or unintentional person or organization designated in such error in, any information given by you shall not contract. prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ever this provision does not affect our right to col- The following is added to Paragraph B.2., Con- lect additional premium or exercise our right of cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of cancellation or non-renewal. SECTION IV—BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Page 4 of 4 ©2015 The Travelers Indemnity Compa ny.All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. POLICY NUMBER: 810-A9E54331-25-26-G ISSUE DATE: 04-09-25 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PROVIDEDDESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS SCHEDULE. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZ- ATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. PROVISIONS If we cancel this policy for any legally permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for Cancellation in the Schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in such Schedule. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the Schedule above at least the number of days shown for Cancellation in such Schedule before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 05 19 ©2019 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 Of 1 AM TRAVELERS WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ONE TOWER SQUARE EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY HARTFORD CT 06183 ENDORSEMENT WC 00 00 01 (A) POLICY NUMBER: UB-A985440A-25-26-G LISTING OF ENDORSEMENTS EXTENSION OF INFO PAGE We agree that the following listed endorsements form a part of this policy on its effective date. WC 00 00 01 A - 001 INFORMATION PAGE WC 00 00 01 A - 001 INFORMATION PAGE 2 WC 00 00 01 A - 001 EXTENSION OF INFORMATION PAGE - SCHEDULE WC 00 00 01 A - 001 ENDORSEMENT LISTING WC 00 01 06 A - 001 LONGSHORE AND HARBOR WC ACT COVERAGE WC 00 02 01 B - 001 MARITIME COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT WC 00 04 06 00 - 001 PREMIUM DISCOUNT ENDORSEMENT WC 00 04 14 A - 001 NOTIFICATION OF CHG IN OWNR ENDT WC 00 04 22 C - 001 TERRORISM RISK INS PROG REAUTH ACT ENDT WC 00 04 25 00 - 001 EXPER RATING MOD FACTOR REVISION ENDT WC 00 04 21 F - 001 CATASTROPHE (O/T CERT ACTS OF TERR) ENDT WC 42 03 01 L - 001 TEXAS AMENDATORY ENDORSEMENT WC 42 03 04 B - 001 TX WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER DATE OF ISSUE: 04-10-25 STASSIGN: Page 1 of 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ONE TOWER SQUARE EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY HARTFORD CT 06183 ENDORSEMENT WC 42 03 04( B) — 001 POLICY NUMBER: UB-A985440A-25-26-G TEXAS WAIVERF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A, of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. 1. ❑ Specific Waiver UBlanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described.. 4. Advance Premium: $SEE SCHEDULE This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium Insurance Company Countersigned by DATE OF ISSUE: 04-10-25 ST ASSIGN: Page 1 of 1 ©Copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance,Inc.All Rights Reserved. TRAVELERS J WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ONE TOWER SQUARE EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY HARTFORD CT 06183 ENDORSEMENT WC 00 01 06 ( A) POLICY NUMBER: UB-A985440A-25-26-G LONGSHORE AND HARBOR WORKERS' COMPENSATION ACT COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to work subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act in a state shown in the Schedule. The policy applies to that work as though that state were listed in Item 3.A, of the Information Page. General Section C. Workers' Compensation Law is replaced by the following: C. Workers' Compensation Law Workers' Compensation Law means the workers or workmen's compensation law and occupational disease law of each state or territory named in item 3.A. of the Information Page and the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act (33 USC Sections 901-950). It includes any amendments to those laws that are in effect during the policy period. It does not include any other federal workers or workmen's compensa- tion law, other federal occupational disease law or the provisions of any law that provide nonoccupational disability benefits. Part Two (Employers Liability .Insurance), C. Exclusions., exclusion 8, does not apply to work subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act. This endorsement does not apply to work subject to the Defense Base Act, the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, or the Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentalities Act. The rates for classifications with code numbers not followed by the letter "F" are rates for work not ordinarily subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act. If this policy covers work under such classifications, and if the work is subject to the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act, those non-F classification rates will be increased by the longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act Coverage Percentage shown in the Schedule. SCHEDULE Longshore and Harbor Workers' State Compensation Act Coverage Percentage TX 107.00 DATE OF ISSUE: 04-10-25 STASSIGN: PAGE 1 OF1 i i WORKERS COMPENSATION TRAVELERS J AND ONE TOWER SQUARE EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY HARTFORD CT 06183 ENDORSEMENT WC 00 02 01 ( B) POLICY NUMBER: Us-A98544OA-25-26-G MARITIME COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement changes how insurance provided by Part Two (Employers Liability Insurance) applies to bodily injury to a master or member of the crew of any vessel. A. How This Insurance Applies is replaced by the following: A. How This Insurance Applies This insurance applies to bodily injury by accident or bodily injury by disease. Bodily injury includes re- sulting death. 1. The bodily injury must arise out of and in the course of the injured employee's employment by you. 2. The employment must be necessary or incidental to work described in Item 1 of the Schedule of the Maritime Coverage Endorsement. 3. The bodily injury must occur in the territorial limits of, or in the operation of a vessel sailing directly between the ports of, the continental United States of America, Alaska, Hawaii or Canada. 4. Bodily injury by accident must occur during the policy period. S. Bodily injury by disease must be caused or aggravated by the conditions of your employment. The employee's last day of last exposure to the conditions causing or aggravating such bodily injury by disease must occur during the policy period. 6. If you are sued, the original suit and any related legal actions for damages for bodily injury by acci- dent or by disease must be brought in the United States of America, its territories or possessions, or Canada. C. Exclusions is changed by removing exclusion 10 and by adding exclusions 13 and 14. This insurance does not cover: 13. Bodily injury covered by a Protection and Indemnity Policy or similar policy issued to you or for your benefit. This exclusion applies even if the other policy does not apply because of another insurance clause, deductible or limitation of liability clause, or any similar clause. 14. Your duty or obligation to provide transportation, wages, maintenance, and cure. This exclusion does not apply if a premium entry is shown in Item 2 of the Schedule, except that punitive damages related to your duty or obligation to provide transportation, wages, maintenance, and cure under any applicable maritime law are excluded even if a premium is paid for transportation, wages, maintenance, and cure coverage. D. We Will Defend is changed by adding the following statement: We will treat a suit or other action in rem against a vessel owned or chartered by you as a suit against you. G. Limits of Liability Our liability to pay for damages is limited. Our limits of liability are shown in the Schedule. They apply as explained below. 1. Bodily Injury by Accident. The limit shown for "bodily injury by accident—each accident" is the most we will pay for all damages covered by this insurance because of bodily injury to one or more employees in any one accident. A disease is not bodily injury by accident unless it results directly from bodily injury by accident. ©1983-2013 National Council on Compensation Insurance,Inc.All Rights Reserved. Page 1 Of 2 AM TRAVELERS J WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ONE TOWER SQUARE EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY HARTFORD CT 06183 ENDORSEMENT WC 00 02 01 ( B) POLICY NUMBER: UB-A985440A-25-26-G 2. Bodily Injury by Disease. The limit shown for "bodily injury by disease—aggregate" is the most we will pay for all damages covered by this insurance because of bodily injury by disease to one or more em- ployees. The limit applies separately to bodily injury by disease arising out of work in each state shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. Bodily injury by disease will be deemed to occur in the state of the vessel's home port. Bodily injury by disease does not include disease that results directly from a bodily injury by accident. 3. We will not pay any claims for damages after we have paid the applicable limit of our liability under this insurance. Schedule 1. Description of work: VESSELS-NOC-COVERAGE I 2. Transportation, Wages, Maintenance, and Cure Premium $ INCLUDED Exclusion: This insurance does not cover punitive damages related to your duty or obligation to provide transportation, wages, maintenance, and cure under any applicable maritime law even if a premium is paid for transportation, wages, maintenance, and cure coverage. 3. Limits of Liability Bodily Injury by Accident $ 100,000 each accident Bodily Injury by Disease $ 100,000 aggregate This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium Insurance Company Countersigned by DATE OF ISSUE: 04-10-25 ST ASSIGN: Page 2 of 2 ©1983-2013 National Council on Compensation Insurance,Inc.All Rights Reserved. POLICY NUMBER: CUP-BI693789-25-NF ISSUE DATE: 04/08/2025 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS SCHEDULE. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZ- ATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. PROVISIONS If we cancel this policy for any legally permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for Cancellation in the Schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in such Schedule. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the Schedule above at least the number of days shown for Cancellation in such Schedule before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 05 99 @ 2019 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 TRAVELERSAW J WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ONE TOWER SQUARE EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY HARTFORD CT 06183 ENDORSEMENT WC 99 06 U9(00) - 001 POLICY NUMBER: UB-A985440A-25-26-G TEXAS NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR NONRENEWAL TO DESIGNATED PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS If we cancel or non-renew this policy for any reason other than non-payment of premium by you, we will provide notice of such cancellation or non-renewal to each person or organization designated in the Schedule below. We will mail or deliver such notice to each person or organization at its listed address at least the number of days shown for that person or organization before the cancellation or nonrenewal is to take effect. You are responsible for providing us with the information necessary to accurately complete the Schedule below. If we cannot mail or deliver a notice of cancellation or nonrenewal to a designated person or organization because the name or address of such designated person or organization provided to us is not accurate or complete, we have no responsibility to mail, deliver or otherwise notify such designated person or organization of the cancellation or nonrenewal. SCHEDULE Name and Address of Designated Persons or Organizations: Number of Days Notice: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN 30 CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN , BUT ONLY IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS ENDORSEMENT. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium $ Insurance Company Countersigned by DATE OF ISSUE: 04-16-25 ST ASSIGN: Page 1 of 1 ©2018 The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. � � � � POLLUTION AND CONTRACTORS PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY POLICY NUMBER:Z[E-16RO4646-25-SK ISSUE DATE:12/18/25 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY.PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ���K/������� ������� x�� /�����U���H��� � �/��0�� ��m���u�yo��� mm��� x-a�ou����n� ���y �����am�.xmxm�m�� nm��um o��� ox���� � ��� CANCELLATION ��������UK���� ��`� U0�� � ��u u-����mu��o��� �� u e�°� This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: TRAVELERS ECP[U8TC>Msw GENERAL PROVISIONS FORM SCHEDULE FOR NOTICE OF CANCELLATION Number of Days Notice:3O Person or Organization: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM THE FIRST NAMED INSURED HAS AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF: 1. THE FIRST NAMED INSURED SENDS US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY; AND 2' WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THIS ENDORSEMENT. Address: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM THE FIRST NAMED INSURED TO US. � � / � � / PROVISIONS The following is added to Paragraph mail or deliver such notice to the address shown in | 2 �����eUU�%�«»� f �����y��M0 ,�;�V the Schedule For Notice Of at least the ', , o - � CONDITIONS: Number ufDays Notice shown in the Schedule For � Notice Of Cancellation before the effective dote of ! Ifwe cancel this policy for any reason other than non cancellation. � payment of premium,we will mail or deliver notice uf cancellation to the Person or Organization shown in |f notice of cancellation is mailed,proof nfmailing � the Schedule For Notice Of Cancellation. We will vvi|/beaufficientproofufnotice. ! | � � ! RP12121021 @ 2O2l The Travelers Indemnity Company.All rights reserved. Page 1of1 � CM 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 101562770 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: McDonald Municipal&Industrial A Division of C.F. Name: Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) McDonald Electric,Inc. Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 5044 Timber Creek Drive P.O. Box 14498 Houston, Texas 77017 Des Moines, IA 50306 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 6700 Westown Parkway West Des Moines, IA 50266 Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Iowa Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone (main number): Police Training Academy Generator (800)678-8171 Project No. 25075 Telephone(for notice of claim): (800)678-8171 Local Agent for Surety Name: Risk Services of Louisiana Inc dba Risk Services - Leavitt Award Date of the Contract: February 24, 2026 Address: 2190 North Loop West, Suite 309 Contract Price:$547,966.00 Houston,TX 77018 Telephone:318-484-3315 Bond Email Address:maria-paIlares@leavitt.com Date of Bond: February 24, 2026 The address of the surety company to which any (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date notice of claim should be sent may be obtained of Contract) from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll free number.1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form 00 61 16- 1 RFB 6839 Police Training Academy Generator 5/2024 Project No. 25075 Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapte 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herei . Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor"as Prin ipal Surety Signature: Signature: _ Name: Wayne Berkenmeier Name: Maria Pallares Title: Vice President Special Projects Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: wayneb@mcdonaldinc.com Email Address: mania-pallares@leavitt.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 00 61 16-2 RFB 6839 Police Training Academy Generator 5/2024 Project No. 25075 r f t t f MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY-T. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa,and MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY,an assumed name of Merchants National Bonding,Inc., (herein collectively called the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint, individually, Amanda Naquin;Lisa Marroquin;Maria Pallares;Randi Meche;Russell Gourgues;Stephanie Castle;Stephanie Lucien;Summer Clay;Vladimir Chemadurov i i their true and lawful Attorneys)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof,on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Companies. "The President,Secretary,Treasurer,or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship o obligations of the Company,and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only,it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee,shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only,it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner- Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty(30)days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 8th day of September 2025 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) 'DING cps•, ,2%0.Nq�'s, �.`pNALINp•.� MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC. '0�'EIPOq :°q• °? ppOq 6'p: :p�' �FOq `. MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY 1933 �cy: yp':, 2003 ,r,�3 � :. �� yo ••�� \�.• ,d� a`• •bow.•. . ;•day B STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 8th day of September 2025 before me appeared Larry Taylor,to me personally known,who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL), MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.,and MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY;and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. �VOA43'' Penni Miller z Commission Number 787952 • • My Commission Expires IawP January 20,2027 ca (Expiration of notary's commission Notary Public does not invalidate this instrument) I, Elisabeth Sandersfeld, Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., and MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF- ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 24th day of February 2026 . �p\NGCp�•. •QZ\ONq� •ON p ALIp�•.� / .may .`0 gq �.• `O(iPogq A�2 'yp`Pv\FOgy�yyi�. 193310.cti: v.• 2003 ;:,Li ;�; Secretary .. '� ...;., 4, POA 0018 (5/25) CM 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 10IS62770 Contractor as Principal Surety Name:McDonald Municipal&Industrial A Division of C.F. Name:Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) McDonald Electric,Inc. Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 5044 Timber Creek Drive P.O. Box 14498 Houston, Texas 77017 Des Moines, IA 50306 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner 6700 Westown Parkway West Des Moines, IA 50266 Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Iowa Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone (main number):(800)678-8171 Police Training Academy Generator Project No. 25075 Telephone (for notice of claim): (800)678-8171 Local Agent for Surety Risk Services of Louisiana Inc dba Name: Risk Services- Leavitt Award Date of the Contract:February 24, 2026 Address: Contract Price: 2190 North Loop West, Suite 309 $547,966.00 Houston. TX 77018 Bond Telephone:318-484-3315 Email Address: maria-pallares@leavitt.com Date of Bond: February 24, 2026 The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the of the Contract) following toll free number.1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond 00 61 13-1 RFB 6839 Police Training Academy Generator Rev 5/2025 Project No. 25075 Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work through the Warranty Period required by the Contract Documents then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. The Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor is incorporated by reference into this Statutory Performance Bond,pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code,as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Surety agrees to be bound by the mediation clause in Article 22 of the Contract Documents between Owner and Contractor,said Contract Documents are incorporated by reference in this Bond. Contractor %cipal Surety Signature: Signature: Name: Wayne Berkenmeier Name: Maria Pallares Title: Vice President Special Projects Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: wayneb@mcdonaldinc.com Email Address: maria-pallares@leavitt.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond 00 61 13-2 RFB 6839 Police Training Academy Generator Rev 5/2025 Project No. 25075 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANYT. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa,and MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY,an assumed name of Merchants National Bonding,Inc., (herein collectively called the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint, individually, Amanda Naquin;Lisa Marroquin;Maria Pallares;Randi Meche;Russell Gourgues;Stephanie Castle;Stephanie Lucien;Summer Clay;Vladimir Chemadurov their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof,on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the Companies. "The President,Secretary,Treasurer,or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship o obligations of the Company,and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee,shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only,it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner- Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty(30)days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 8th day of September 2025 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) *OG co `P•�10Nq�'•, :q`ONALIpO•F•.•• MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC. iK q•:09• d�t.,:'tiPOR'•@%oo . P '\\FOR' yy. qr.ti, ;y;o q., _..P a�• MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY ;a•26 _o_ C'•3. ;Q.'2 -o- BOO. n; 1933 ti 2003 •Z; '3; •v • �� .. ... k.....?.. d. By STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 8th day of September 2025 before me appeared Larry Taylor,to me personally known,who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL), MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.,and MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY;and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. ,�PRIA41P Perini Miller z Commission Number 787952 • • My Commission Expires IOWP January 20,2027 CR��� (Expiration of notary's commission Notary Public does not invalidate this instrument) I, Elisabeth Sandersfeld, Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., and MERCHANTS NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF- ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended orrevoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 24th day of February 2026 . •op1NG Cp t' \ONq .'•plAlpp•. / ff. ?Eo.• c�+P <@o .��o....... Fy•. `//1/(�/ 0,40(LPORq�9y�.: ;y:`DµPOgq�.oti: h; G 9 1933 iCe; �'•, 2003 {ai ;%; :Z Secretary POA 0018 (5/25) MERCHANT7SN_k BONDING COMPANY,,, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) • MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. P.O. Box 14498 , DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 • (800)678-8171• (515)243-3854 FAX IMPORTANT NOTICE Have a complaint or need help? If you have a problem with a claim or your premium, call your insurance company first. If you can't work out the issue, the Texas Department of Insurance may be able to help. Even if you file a complaint with the Texas Department of Insurance,you should also file a complaint or appeal through your insurance company. If you don't,you may lose your right to appeal. Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) To get information or file a complaint with your insurance company: Call: Compliance Officer at 800-678-8171 Toll-free: 1-800-678-8171 Email: regulatory@merchantsbonding.com Mail: P.O. Box 14498, Des Moines, IA 50306-3498 To get insurance information you may also contact your agent: Risk Services- Leavitt Insurance Agencies Call: 3184843315 Mail: 2190 North Loop West, Suite 309 Houston, TX 77018 The Texas Department of Insurance To get help with an insurance question or file a complaint with the state: Call with a question: 1-800-252-3439 File a complaint:www.tdi.texas.gov Email: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov Mail: MC 111-1A, P.O. Box 149091,Austin,TX 78714-9091 SUP 0032 TX(11/19) gYUS O v �N�OgPORPtE� 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on February 24, 2026, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and McDonald Municipal & Industrial,A Division of C.F. McDonald Electric, Inc. (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Police Training Academy Generator 25075 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: NRG Engineering, PLLC 5656 S. Staples St.,Ste. 312 Corpus Christi,TX 78411 clark@nrgcc.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson,Asst. Director of Engineering—Construction Management 1201 Leopard St. Corpus Christi,TX 78401 Josephi2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 420 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 450 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Refer to SECTION AGREEMENT 00 52 23- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for more information, including anticipated extended lead times for equipment. B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 547,966.00 AGREEMENT 00 52 23-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. AGREEMENT 00 52 23-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. AGREEMENT 00 52 23-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts,vouchers,memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) AGREEMENT 00 52 23-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI 03/17/2026 Jeff Edmonds(Mar 17,2026 09:57:34 CDT) Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E Director of Engineering Services APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: FrancisY g (M 6,202615:34:42CDT) 03/16/2026 M2026-019 AUTHORIZED Assistant City Attorney BY COUNCIL 2/24/2026 RH/SB ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) (Seal Below) CONTRACTOR Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President Vice President Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer McDonald My.nicipg& I dustrial 03/13/2026 By: Wayne erkenmeier(Mar 13,2026 14:43:00 CDT) Title: Vice President Special Projects 5044 Timber Creek Drive Address Houston,TX 77017 City State Zip 713-921-1368 Phone Fax Wayneb@mcdonaldinc.com EMail END OF SECTION AGREEMENT 00 52 23-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 RFB 6839 Police Training Academy Generator Report Created On: 12/3/2025 8:03:18 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total Part A- GENERAL $507,966.00 Part B-ALLOWANCES $40,000.00 Total $547,966.00 PartA-GENERAL No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al MOBILIZATION (MAX 1.5%) LS 1 $8,200.00 $8,200.00 A2 BONDS AND INSURANCE(MAX 2%) LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 A3 CONCRETE FOUNDATION LS 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 A4 GENERATOR DELIVERY LS 1 $200,000.00 $200,000.00 A5 ATS INSTALL AND COMPLETE SYSTEM LS 1 $239,766.00 $239,766.00 TESTING&COMPLETION Subtotal: $507,966.00 Part B-ALLOWANCES No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price 131 ALLOWANCE-UNFORESEEN AL 1 $40,000.00 $40,000.00 CONDITIONS Subtotal: $40,000.00 CIVCAS i RFB 6839 Police Training Academy Generator Report Created On: 12/3/2025 8:03:18 PM ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA NAME ACKNOWLEDGEMENT DATE 25075 Addendum No. 1 12/03/2025 17:21:05 PM 25075 Addendum No.2 12/03/2025 17:21:06 PM CIVCAS, RFB 6839 Police Training Academy Generator Report Created On: 12/3/2025 8:03:18 PM REQUIRED DOWNLOADS TYPE NAME DOWNLOAD DATE Plans 25075 Plans 1 2/3/2025 1 0:50:44AM Invitation To Bid 25075 Invitation to Bid and 12/3/2025 1 0:50:55 AM Specifications Other 25075 No Contact Guide 12/3/2025 1 0:48:48 AM Addenda 25075 Addendum No. 1 12/3/2025 10:48:59 AM Addenda 25075 Addendum No.2 12/3/2025 10:49:44 AM Other Pre-Bid Meeting Presentation 12/3/2025 1 0:48:41 AM BID FORM Project Name: Police Training Academy Generator Project Number: 25075 Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Joseph Johnson-Assistant Director of Engineering-Construction Management Designer: John Rodriguez, III, PE By its signature below, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and agrees,i Zurnents s Bid is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract for the Bid price. McDonald Municipal&Indu rial Bidder: A Division of C.F.McDonal Electric,Inc. (full legal name of Bidder) Signature: (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) Name: Wayne Berkenmeier (printed name of person signing Bid Form) Title: Vice President Special Projects (title of person signing Bid Form) Attest: (signature) Miche a rooks Assistant to Secretary State of Residency: Texas Federal Tx ID No. 74-1540453 Address for Notices: 5044 Tjmber Creek Drive Houston, Texas 77017 Phone: 713-921-1368 Email: WayneB@mcdonaldinc.com Bid Form Page 1 of 2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Police TrainingAcademy Generator 25075 0 { 00F,PQ4iA;�� 1852 NRG Engineering, PLLC 5656 S. Staples Street, Ste. 312 Corpus Christi, Tx 78411 361-852-2727 09/0812025 Record Drawing Number: PBG-968 ®JOHN A. RODRIGUEZ III 0 90273 = a 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 000100 Table of Contents 000102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 12-2021) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev6-2021) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev4-2022) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev8-2019) Part T Technical Specifications 22 14 00 Supports and Anchors 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping 260100 Electrical General Provisions 26 06 00 Grounding 26 07 50 Electrical Identification 26 12 30 Wire and Cable 26 13 60 Raceways Table of Contents 00 0100- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 Division/ Title Section 26 32 00 Natural Gas Engine Generator 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch Appendix Exhibit A—Rock Engineering&Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL) Geotechnical Report Dated 9/30/21—City Project#21086—RETL Report#G121421 END OF SECTION Table of Contents 00 0100-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 00 01 02 LIST OF DRAWINGS Sheet No. Sheet Name 1 Title Sheet 2 Mechanical Yard Foundation Plan 3 Structural Details 4 Electrical One-Line Diagram 5 Electrical & Plumbing Details 6 Overall Site Plan 7 Enlarged Electrical & Plumbing Plan END OF SECTION LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 0102- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 SC o ,a ANC NPOR 1852 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Police Training Academy Generator 25075 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: NRG Engineering, PLLC 5656 S. Staples St.,Ste. 312 Corpus Christi,TX 78411 clark@nrgcc.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Joseph Johnson,Asst. Director of Engineering—Construction Management 1201 Leopard St. Corpus Christi,TX 78401 Josephi2@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 420 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 450 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Refer to SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for more information, including anticipated extended lead times for equipment. AGREEMENT 00 52 23- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ AGREEMENT 00 52 23-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. AGREEMENT 00 52 23-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. AGREEMENT 00 52 23-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers,memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES (SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS) ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI AGREEMENT 00 52 23-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION AGREEMENT 00 52 23-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology .....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article 2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 S.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................22 S.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site .............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 00 72 00-1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article 8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination ...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 00 72 00-2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 00 72 00-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs ...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 00 72 00-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site....................................................................................................................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 00 72 00-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports..................................................................................96 21.04 Documentation .......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations .....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 00 72 00-6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering ..........................................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time..............................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 00 72 00-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees .................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 00 72 00-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 00 72 00-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi(City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00-10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act,42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract-The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications,and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or C. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract -The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 00 72 00-12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; C. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed -A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner-The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents-A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings,whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor-An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 00 72 00-14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 00 72 00-15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 00 72 00-16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule,which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall,therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 00 72 00-19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error,ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Constructthe Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 00 72 00-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment,and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 00 72 00-22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 00 72 00-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 00 72 00-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 00 72 00-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods,techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition,and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 00 72 00-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 00 72 00-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-Vill or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 00 72 00-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 00 72 00-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Claims for damages,other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 00 72 00-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations,whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 00 72 00-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals orentities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief, mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 00 72 00-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 00 72 00-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 City of Corpus Christi— Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 00 72 00-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage forthe duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 00 72 00-37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent,suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 00 72 00-38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.13 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 00 72 00-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 00 72 00-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 00 72 00-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections,tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 00 72 00-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 00 72 00-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 00 72 00-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 00 72 00-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 00 72 00-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays,disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 00 72 00-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Orderjustifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 00 72 00-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Workwas accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 00 72 00-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies,fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 00 72 00-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 00 72 00-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 00 72 00-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Any time extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 00 72 00-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim,the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code§2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 00 72 00-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b)— Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or C. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.1), necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus,time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave,vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 00 72 00-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at 50% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 00 72 00-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; C. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 forthe Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.1); General Conditions 00 72 00-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.13.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.6.1 and 15.02.6.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 00 72 00-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.1), if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained bythe Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 00 72 00-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work;and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 00 72 00-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR;SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 00 72 00-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 00 72 00-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim,demand,or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up,training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 00 72 00-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 00 72 00-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical,temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority/ MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 00 72 00-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion,show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 00 72 00-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 00 72 00-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents,satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 00 72 00-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 00 72 00-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 00 72 00-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 00 72 00-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 00 72 00-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 00 72 00-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 00 72 00-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches, recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 00 72 00-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports,including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees'vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 00 72 00-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 00 72 00-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 00 72 00-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 00 72 00-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 00 72 00-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 00 72 00-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 00 72 00-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 00 72 00-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 00 72 00-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 00 72 00-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 00 72 00-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 00 72 00-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 00 72 00-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 00 72 00-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 00 72 00-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 00 72 00-101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit,either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy,the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 00 72 00-102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual:Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example,a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 00 72 00-103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 00 72 00-104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CID Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 00 72 00-105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Certified Test Report Article 25 for approval of product Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 00 72 00-106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general,to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 00 72 00-107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers,and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 00 72 00-108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors,textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 00 72 00-109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 00 72 00-110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 00 72 00-111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 00 72 00-112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 00 72 00-113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 00 72 00-114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. S. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 00 72 00-115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 00 72 00-116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication,installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 00 72 00-117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement,model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges, materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00-118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 00 72 00-119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 00 72 00-120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel -Not Required." No further action is required,and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00-121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 00 72 00-122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 00 72 00-123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter, utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication,or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 00 72 00-124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 00 72 00-125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 00 72 00-126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 00 72 00-127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract,then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 00 72 00-128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 00 72 00-129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 00 72 00-130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year,the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 00 72 00-131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00-132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 5 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 5 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Only rain days that occur subsequent to mobilization shall result in an extension of time. Rain days that occur prior to mobilization will not result in an extension of time. Refer to SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for more information regarding anticipated extended lead times for equipment. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.03.A which describe subsurface and physical conditions. 1. Geotechnical Reports include the following: a. Subsurface Investigation and Geotechnical Recommendations for the Proposed Police Training Academy (21086), Rock Engineering & Testing Laboratory, Inc., September 30, 2021- The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document: 1) All 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) include the following: None SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. 1. Environmental Reports include the following: None 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to known Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site include the following: None B. This Supplementary Condition identifies documents referenced in General Conditions Paragraph 5.06 which describe Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Broad Form 2. Premises—Operations 3. Underground Hazard 4. Products/Completed Operations $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 5. Contractual Liability $2,000,000 Aggregate 6 Independent Contractors 7. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $500,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental ❑ Required ❑X Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation > 5 ft or asbestos present Builder's Risk(All Perils including Collapse) Coverage limit shall be in the amount of the total cost of the project. Required for vertical structures and bridges © Required ❑ Not Required Installation/Equipment Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment or storing contractor equipment on city- ❑X Required ❑ Not Required owned property ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor goal is to perform at least 30 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination Construction Type Project Type (WD) No TX288 Building Building Construction Projects (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) "General Decision Number:TX20250288 03/14/2025 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20240288 State:Texas Construction Type: Building Counties:Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(1). I If the contract is entered 1. Executive Order 14026 1 I into on or after January 30, 1 generally applies to the 1 12022, or the contract is I contract. I renewed or extended (e.g.,an 1.The contractor must pay I I option is exercised)on or I all covered workers at I after January 30,2022: I least$17.75 per hour(or I I the applicable wage rate I I I listed on this wage I I I determination, if it is I I I higher)for all hours I I I spent performing on the I I I contract in 2025. I I I 1 If the contract was awarded on 1. Executive Order 13658 1 I or between January 1,2015 and I generally applies to the 1 (January 29,2022, and the I contract. I I contract is not renewed or 1.The contractor must pay all 1 I extended on or after January I covered workers at least 1 130,2022: 1 $13.30 per hour(or the I I I applicable wage rate listed I SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 on this wage determination, if it is higher)for all I hours spent performing on that contract in 2025. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination,the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/03/2025 1 03/14/2025 * BOI L0074-003 01/01/2025 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER......................$33.17 24.92 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELECO278-002 08/25/2024 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN......................$30.80 8.97 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10178-005 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1)Tower Crane.............$32.85 13.10 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above.....$ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under..............$32.35 13.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- I RO N 0084-01106/01/2024 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL...........$28.26 8.13 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER.......................$ 20.04 0.00 CARPENTER........................$ 15.21 ** 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 15.33 ** 0.00 INSULATOR- MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe& Mechanical System Insulation)...............$ 19.77 7.13 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-7 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 12.27 ** 0.00 IRONWORKER,STRUCTURAL...........$22.16 5.26 LABORER: Common or General......$ 9.68 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender-Brick...$ 11.36** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender- Cement/Concrete..................$ 10.58 ** 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 12.49 ** 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tearoff...........$ 11.28 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.......$ 14.25 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................$ 13.93 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer.............$ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill.................$ 16.22 ** 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift..............$ 14.83 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade..........$ 13.37 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader................$ 13.55 ** 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic..............$ 17.52 ** 3.33 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-8 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate,and Concrete).........$ 16.03 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller................$ 12.70 ** 0.00 PAINTER(Brush, Roller,and Spray)...........................$ 14.45 ** 0.00 PIPEFITTER.......................$ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER..........................$ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER...........................$ 13.75 ** 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER(HVAC Duct Installation Only)...............$22.73 7.52 SHEET METAL WORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation...........$21.13 6.53 TILE FINISHER....................$ 11.22 ** 0.00 TILE SETTER......................$ 14.74 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 12.39 ** 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck.....$ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck............................$ 12.50 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck.......$ 12.00 ** 4.11 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00-9 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS-Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- **Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026($17.75) or 13658 ($13.30). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Please also note that the minimum wage requirements of Executive Order 14026 are not currently being enforced as to any contract or subcontract to which the states of Texas, Louisiana, or Mississippi, including their agencies, are a party. Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1,2017. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care;to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is ill, injured,or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of,domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 10 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classifications and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the type(s) of construction and geographic area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical order under rate identifiers indicating whether the particular rate is a union rate(current union negotiated rate), a survey rate, a weighted union average rate,a state adopted rate, or a supplemental classification rate. Union Rate Identifiers A four-letter identifier beginning with characters other than ""SU"", ""UAVG"", ?SA?, or?SC? denotes that a union rate was prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUMO198-005 07/01/2024. PLUM is an identifier of the union whose collectively bargained rate prevailed in the survey for this classification,which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198.The next number,005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination.The date,07/01/2024 in the example, is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 11 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all changes over time that are reported to WHD in the rates in the collective bargaining agreement(CBA)governing the classification. Union Average Rate Identifiers The UAVG identifier indicates that no single rate prevailed for those classifications, but that 100%of the data reported for the classifications reflected union rates. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 01/01/2024. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the State of Ohio. The next number,0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.The date,01/01/2024 in the example, indicates the date the wage determination was updated to reflect the most current union average rate. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January,to reflect a weighted average of the current rates in the collective bargaining agreements on which the rate is based. Survey Rate Identifiers The ""SU"" identifier indicates that either a single non-union rate prevailed (as defined in 29 CFR 1.2)for this classification in the survey or that the rate was derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification.As a weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SUFL2022-007 6/27/2024.SU indicates the rate is a single non-union prevailing rate or a weighted average of survey data for that SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 12 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 classification. FL indicates the State of Florida. 2022 is the year of the survey on which these classifications and rates are based.The next number,007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination.The date, 6/27/2024 in the example, indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. ?SLI?wage rates typically remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. However,the Wage and Hour Division (WHD) has the discretion to update such rates under 29 CFR 1.6(c)(1). State Adopted Rate Identifiers The ""SA"" identifier indicates that the classifications and prevailing wage rates set by a state(or local)government were adopted under 29 C.F.R 1.3(g)-(h). Example:SAME2023-007 01/03/2024.SA reflects that the rates are state adopted. ME refers to the State of Maine. 2023 is the year during which the state completed the survey on which the listed classifications and rates are based.The next number,007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. The date, 01/03/2024 in the example, reflects the date on which the classifications and rates under the ?SA?identifier took effect under state law in the state from which the rates were adopted. ----------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 13 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 a) a survey underlying a wage determination b)an existing published wage determination c) an initial WHD letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter d) an initial conformance(additional classification and rate) determination On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be directed to the WHD Branch of Wage Surveys. Requests can be submitted via email to davisbaconinfo@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Wage Surveys Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 Regarding any other wage determination matter such as conformance decisions, requests for initial decisions should be directed to the WHD Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Requests can be submitted via email to BCWD-Office@dol.gov or by mail to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2) If an initial decision has been issued,then any interested party(those affected by the action)that disagrees with the decision can request review and reconsideration from the Wage SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 14 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 and Hour Administrator(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Requests for review and reconsideration can be submitted via email to dba.reconsideration@dol.gov or by mail to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and any information (wage payment data, project description,area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 NRG Engineering 361-852-2727 Clark Hudson 361-852-2727 x305 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 15 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks& Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div.for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department(City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) Centu ryl-i n k 361-208-0730 Windstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description 26 32 00 Natural Gas Engine Generator 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 16 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed below: $175.00 per hour. More than two (2) submittal reviews is deemed excessive. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description 26 32 00 Natural Gas Engine Generator 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch SC-30.21 Notices. A. Strict compliance is required for all notice provisions in this Contract. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 00- 17 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. Installation of emergency generator for existing Police Training Academy Building, and associated concrete foundation, and replacing existing Manual Transfer Switch with an Automatic Transfer Switch. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. None. B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Electric power for construction may be obtained utilizing existing 20amp 120v GFCI receptacles in area of work. Contractor shall provide portable generator power for any equipment requiring additional power requirements. If work results in frequent tripping of breaker(s) serving existing receptacles, Contractor shall provide portable generator power or arrange for other temporary power. All costs associated with temporary power, meter connection,fees and permits shall be included by Contractor, if applicable. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: None scheduled B. The Lump Sum Bid Items described as "Allowances" have been set as noted in Section 00 30 01 Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Allowances may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. Alternates: None 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance - Unforseen Conditions: 1. The sum of$40,000.00 to be used for costs associated with unforeseen conditions. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 01 23 10- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A1—Mobilization (Maximum 1.5%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 1.5percent of the total Contract Price. MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 01 29 01- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 1.5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item A2—Bonds and Insurance (Maximum 2%) 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically forthis Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. C. Bid Item A3—Concrete foundation: 1. Completion of generator concrete foundation modification. 2. Maximum of 10% of contract sum upon placement of concrete, removal of forms and confirmation of satisfactory testing results. D. Bid Item A4—Generator delivery: 1. Delivery of generator, offloading, and placing on foundation. 2. Maximum of 75%of contract sum upon placing of generator on foundation. E. Bid Item A5—ATS installation and complete system testing& completion, demobilize. 1. Complete ATS installation,generator wiring, and all testing. 2. Maximum of 15%of contract sum when generator is completely installed and has been successfully tested. F. Bid Item B1—Allowance A— Unforeseen conditions: 1. 100%of amount negotiated between Owner and Contractor for costs associated with unforeseen conditions (for only the negotiated portion of the allowance). G. Other Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings and/or SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 01 29 01-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 01 29 01-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 0133 01 Submittal Register Specification Paragraph Types of Submittals Required Section Specification Description No. Product Sample or Operations Information Mockup Data 22 14 00 Supports and Anchors Record Data None None 22 41 10 Natural Gas Piping Record Data None None 26 06 00 Grounding Record Data None None 26 12 30 Wire and Cable Record Data None None 26 13 60 Racewa s Record Data None None 26 32 00 Natural Gas Engine Generator Shop Drawing None None 26 32 00 1 Natural Gas Engine Generator Record Data None O&M Manual 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch Shoo Drawing None None 26 33 00 Automatic Transfer Switch Record Data None O&M Manual Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 Police Training Academy-25075 September 08,2025 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Perform the Work as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times and in the sequence stipulated below: 1. Order/procure generator and ATS, both of which have substantial lead times per below. 2. Mobilize approximately 30-60 days prior to ship date of generator. Exact mobilization timing is flexible. Mobilizing slightly before generator delivery is intended to reduce impact on facility operations and reduce costs associated with construction site, such as but not limited to temporary fencing, utilities, insurances, etc. Contractor may mobilize sooner, provided there is no negative impact to facility operations during the period of time that work is not being performed and generator delivery. 3. Complete generator concrete foundation work. 4. Generator installation and testing(lead time is currently 210-280 days). 5. Automatic transfer switch installation and testing(lead time is currently 280-315 da s . B. Work shall be completed within the specified time for these items: Description Time Project completion 420 Days C. Consider the sequences, duration limitations, and governing factors outlined in this Section to prepare the schedule for the Work. D. Perform the Work not specifically described in this Section as required to complete the entire Project within the Contract Times. 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, SPECIAL PROCEDURES 01 35 00- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 4 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Liquidated Critical Operation Max.Time Hours Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($ per hour) NONE B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the for operation of the existing distribution system. 2. Loss of operation of the existing distribution system can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. SPECIAL PROCEDURES 01 35 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: None 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE A. The Owner will perform orderly shut down of building systems prior to scheduled electrical power outages and bring systems back on line after power is restored. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROCEDURES 01 35 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including storage yard fencing, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE—NOT APPLICABLE 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary fencing and storage. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate storage yard and fencing at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. C. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. D. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. E. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. 3. Prevent freezing of pipes,flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices-not applicable. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00- 1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES—FIELD OFFICE NOT REQUIRED 2.02 HTEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT— NOT APPLICABLE 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Contractor may utilize existing GFCI service receptacles in area of work for construction power. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to existing receptacles and/or covers and replace if damaged as required. In the event of frequent tripping of circuit breakers serving the work area or any other negative impact on facility operatoins, Contractor shall provide other means of construction power, such as portable generator or other temporary power. Building staff shall not be frequently inconvenienced by frequent breaker tripping. WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Water for required construction and related tasks may be obtained from hose bib on existing Police Training Academy building on site at no cost to Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for extending service with hose and route so as not create trip hazards or other hazards for building occupant, staff or visitors. Hose shall be disconnected and removed from any pedestrian or vehicle pathways at end of each work day, and valve shall be completely closed and not left dripping. Any damage to hose bib or plumbing will be charged to Contractor. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in the Contractor being required to obtain water from another source at his/her expense. C. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS—NOT APPLICABLE 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING—NOT APPLICABLE 3.04 DRINKING WATER—NOT APPLICABLE, NO FIELD OFFICE 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. Existing CMU wall and gate will suffice for site fence. Only fencing around adjacent storage/lay down area is required. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. B. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 22 14 00 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 232400-Vibration Isolation. B. Section 222600- Piping Insulation. C. Section 232800- Equipment Insulation. D. Section 211300- Fire Protection System. E. Section 224100- Plumbing System. F. Section 235100- Hydronic Piping. G. Section 235300—Refrigerant Piping 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B31.1- Power Piping. B. NFPA 13-Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14-Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. B. Supports for Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division 1. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. D. All hangers, supports and rods in areas exposed to the outdoors, such as but not limited to crawl spaces, service bays, wash bays, open shops and warehouses shall be hot dipped galvanized. E. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. G. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. H. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. I. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. K. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller— Type PP10 with roller For pipes 3"through 8"—Type PS For multiple pipes—Type PSE-Custom L. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions; Unistrut "Cush-A-Clamp" or equal. Hangers: Plastic coated; Unistrut or equal. M. For installation of protective shields refer to specification section 231400-3.03. N. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 O. Pipe Rough-In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide preformed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief"Pipe Titan" or equal. 2.02 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods:Threaded both ends,threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.03 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.04 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 4 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel, 20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.05 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel unless noted otherwise. 2.06 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors: Form with 18 gage galvanized steel, tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe, schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fireproofing: Prefabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals, UL listed. D. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. E. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. F. Fire Stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible, U.L. listed. G. Caulk: Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 H. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted, two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations, flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.08 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 7'-0" 3/8" SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufactures instructions. 3.03 Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9. B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4THROUGH 3-1/2 12 0.048 4 12 0.060 5 &6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.075 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.105 D. Piping 2" and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. E. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. F. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated, with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.04 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct support of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. 3.05 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls,floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.06 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L. listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Fire protection sleeves may be flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 22 14 00 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 22 14 00-7 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 SECTION 22 41 10 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220500, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.02 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing, complete installation and testing of the gas piping system, with all metering, valves, piping and auxiliaries, ready for owner's use. B. Coordinate with the gas company and pay all fees and permits required for a complete and operating gas service to the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 All gas piping above ground shall be Schedule 40 black steel as manufactured by National Tube, Republic, Youngstown, or approved equal domestic manufacturer. 2.02 All gas piping larger than 2" shall be of welded construction. Screwed fittings will only be permitted for size 2" and smaller. Unions and valves will not be permitted above furred ceiling areas or in walls or chases. 2.03 All pipe fittings shall be of materials as follows: 1. All welding fittings shall be factory-made and shall be full line size, for each tee, branch, elbow, etc., with reducers after fittings, if required. 2. All screwed fittings shall be Crane, or approved equal, Class 150 malleable iron. Screw joints shall be made up with graphite and oil or Teflon tape. Screwed threads shall be in accordance with American Pipe Thread Standards. 3. All piping and fittings shall be from a domestic manufacturer. 2.04 All underground gas piping with 5 pound working pressure or less shall be as follows: A. The pipe shall be yellow polyethylene with socket heat fusion joints and fittings. Pipe sizes 1-1/2" and 2" shall be SDR 11, (PE 2406) and pipe sizes 3" and 4" shall be SDR 11.5 (PE 2406). B. All socket heat fusion fittings shall be D.O.T. approved and meet ASTM D-2513 and ANSI B31.8 codes. C. All gas valves shall be polyethylene ball type, doubled union, rated for natural gas use. All valves shall be placed in a cast-iron valve box of an adequate size for accessibility and maintenance. NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 22 41 10-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 4. All transition meter risers shall be D.O.T. approved anode-less service type, fusion coupled and PE 2406 rated. E. The contractor shall take thermal expansion under consideration during installation. The contractor shall follow all requirements set by the manufacturer to protect the system from damage due to thermal expansion. F. The contractor shall provide detector tape approximately 12" above all gas piping. G. Wrap pipe with 18 gauge minimum copper tracer wire. 2.05 Gas piping installed in unventilated spaces shall be routed in properly vented continuous sleeve where required by the building code. 2.06 Gas valves shall be U.L. listed as follows: A. Ball Valves: Nibco T585-70-UL for'/"to 1" and T580-70-UL for 1-'/4"to 3". B. Plug Valves: DeZurick Series 425 or 435 Eccentric valves with RS 49 plug seals. 2.07 Gas pressure regulators shall be capable of reducing 75 psi pressure gas to 0.5 psi gas at capacities required by Gas Demand. Install per A.G.A. Bulletin 90. Regulators shall be as manufactured by Rockwell, Fisher-Governor or approved equal. 2.08 All gas regulators located inside the building shall be vented to atmosphere with schedule 40 black steel pipe. This includes all regulators provided with mechanical and plumbing equipment and all other regulators provided under this contract. Vent piping shall be the full size of regulatory port opening, or as recommended by regulator manufacturer, and shall run independent of any other regulator vent through to point of termination. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 All piping shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions. 3.02 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. 3.03 All underground gas piping shall be laid on 6" of wet compact banksand approximately 24" below grade. Backfill trench with wet compacted banksand to 6" above pipe. The remainder of backfill shall be selected backfill and shall meet all compaction requirements set forth by the general trenching and backfill requirements. 3.04 Provide lever handle gas valve, drip leg and union to each piece of equipment and where indicated. 3.05 All gas lines entering building shall be valved on the exterior of the building above grade. PART 4 -TESTING 4.01 TESTING OF GAS PIPING SYSTEMS NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 22 41 10-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 A. All gas system testing shall be in compliance with local codes or as required in NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code whichever is the more stringent requirement. B. All work shall be performed by a Journeyman Plumber holding current State and local licenses. C. All tests shall be accomplished during normal working hours and after having given due notification to building owner, construction manager or designee, of tests to be performed. All tests shall be performed in the presence of and witnessed by the building owners representative or designee D. All gas system piping shall be subjected to a pneumatic test pressure of 60 psig for not less than 2 hours upon completion of all rough-in work and prior to covering. While the systems are subjected to this air pressure test, all joints shall have a soapy water solution applied and shall be observed for leaks. During test period there shall be no perceptible drop in test gage pressure E. A final test shall be performed after all portions of the piping system are completely installed and covered. The entire system shall be tested, with all system outlets plugged or capped, before any equipment or appliances are connected to the piping. 1. Final test shall be with mercury, measured with a manometer or slope gage. Test pressures shall in no case be less than one and one half times the normal operating pressure or as listed below; which ever is the greater: a. 10.5 inches mercury (5 psig)for 4 ounce system. b. 21.0 inches mercury (10 psig)for 8 ounce system. 2. Tests shall be for a period of not less than 30 minutes and shall prove absolutely tight, showing no perceptible drop, for the entire test period. F. Purge air from test piping before connecting equipment or appliances. Purge air to outdoors or to ventilated space of sufficient volume to prevent accumulation of flammable mixtures. END OF SECTION NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 22 41 10-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 260100 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: A. The Contractor shall execute all work as hereinafter specified, as shown on the drawings or as necessary to provide complete and functioning systems. All items of labor, material or equipment not required in detail by the specifications or drawings, but incidental to or necessary for the complete installation and proper operation of all phases of work described herein, or reasonably implied in connection therewith, shall be furnished as if called for in detail by the specifications or drawings. 1.02 LAWS AND ORDINANCES: A. All work and materials shall conform to the requirements of the federal, state, and local laws and ordinances having jurisdiction at the jobsite. The installation shall be in strict accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC). The Contractor at no increase in contract price shall make all modifications to the work,which may be required by an authority having legal jurisdiction over the work. 1.03 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS: A. The Contractor shall have a Master Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed. Additionally, and at all times while work is being performed,for every five or less craftsman working on the project site, at least one craftsman shall have a Journeyman Electrician license issued by or acceptable to the city in which the work is to be performed.A city electrical construction permit will be required for this project. 1.04 THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. The drawings and specifications shall be interpreted together, and any and all work included in either,though not in both, shall be part of the contracted work. The drawings are diagrammatic but shall be followed as closely as actual construction of the project and existing job site conditions will permit. Any changes due to equipment supplied, conflict with the work of other trades or to make this work conform to the National Electrical Code shall be made by the Contractor at no increase in contract price. 1.05 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Before submitting his bid,the Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself with all existing conditions and his bid shall be based on accepting conditions as they exist. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 1.06 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be new. Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such materials and equipment. Where two or more units of the same item are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer. The Contractor shall unload and properly store all electrical materials and equipment delivered to the jobsite. 1.07 UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE: A. The Contractor shall make arrangements for connection with the electrical utility company that will serve the jobsite and shall comply with all the rules, regulations and requirements of the utility company. The Contractor shall examine the site, confer with the utility company and verify the requirements for connections prior to bidding the work. The Contractor shall verify with the utility company the exact location of service tie-in points, cable routes, etc. Failure of the Contractor to contact the utility company and obtain such information prior to bidding the work shall not be considered as a basis for additional compensation. Where outages to existing electrical service are required,the Contractor shall coordinate the timing and duration of such outages with Owner's representative. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install a meter enclosure for the utility company meter.The enclosure and installation shall be in accordance with utility company requirements. 1.08 SAFETY: A. It shall be the responsibility of the electrical Contractor to initiate, maintain, and supervise all safety precautions required by local, state, and federal laws, including OSHA. 1.09 SUBMITTALS: A. Submittals for Approval: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 013000 except as otherwise stated herein. 2. Within 30 calendar days after award of contract,the Contractor shall furnish seven (7) sets of drawings and data as described herein for Engineer approval. No item of equipment or material shall be ordered or shipped to the job site until the Engineer has given written approval of the submittal data. 3. The submittal data shall be bound in a 3-ring binder with dividers. The binder shall include a cover and a table of contents with the contractors name as well as the name of the project. All data shall be divided by specification section. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 4. The submittal data for each item shall include descriptive literature, performance data, shop drawings technical literature and any other necessary data to readily identify that the equipment will meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 5. One complete submittal of drawings and data shall be made for all required items. Partial or incomplete submittals will be returned without comment. All copies furnished shall be manufacturer's original copies of good quality, legible photocopies or blue line prints. Copies transmitted by facsimile machine are not acceptable. 6. Submittal documents shall be job specific. Where manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog sheets are provided,they shall be marked to show specifically what is being furnished. Drawings shall be marked to show Owner's name, plant location, project description and equipment designation. 7. Substitutions for specified products shall be in compliance with Paragraph 1.10. 8. The Contractor shall review all manufacturers' submittals for completeness, accuracy and compliance with project specifications before submitting to Engineer. 9. The Engineer will review the complete submittal package and return five (5) sets to the Contractor with individual items marked in one of the following three forms: Reviewed as submitted Reviewed with comments Disapproved Items that are disapproved shall be corrected as required and shall be resubmitted to the Engineer for approval. B. Approval of submittals, etc. shall not be construed as releasing the Contractor from further responsibility, but rather as a means to coordinate the work and to aid in the proper selection and installation of the materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be subject to final acceptance by the Engineer at completion of the project. C. Submittal of Record Data: 1. Record Data: Provide seven (7) sets of record data books containing information listed below. The material shall be bound into appropriately sized 3 ring binders, organized with dividers and index sheets. The binders shall be appropriately labeled with the Owner's name, project name and location. The data books shall include: a. Certified as-built shop drawings for all fabricated equipment. b. Approved product data for all items required in Paragraph 1.09A. c. Spare parts lists d. Test records. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 2. Record Drawings: Provide one (1) set of project drawings marked neatly and legibly in colored pencil to show any significant deviation between actual conditions and original design layout. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide seven (7) sets of manufacturer's operation and maintenance data on equipment and components.The data shall be organized into loose-leaf binders with dividers and master index. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Requirements for Substitutions: It is the intention of the drawings and specifications to establish a definite standard when a particular manufacturer's product is mentioned. Written request for substitutions of equivalent products will be considered provided all the following conditions are met. Substitutions for specified products will not be permitted unless all of the following conditions are met: 1. Written request shall be received in the Engineer's office ten (10) days prior to the day of bid opening. Requests after ten days prior to the day of bid opening will not be considered. 2. Request shall include complete technical data, i.e. product data sheets, curve, ratings, etc. 3. Request shall include a complete written comparison of differences and similarities between the proposed and specified product. Provide a written comparison for each substitution being requested. 4. Space and clearance requirements are adequate for products mentioned. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to verify space and clearance requirements for products proposed for substitution. 5. If modifications to the drawings and specifications are necessary for the proper installation of a product proposed for substitution,the request shall explain such in detail, accompanied by drawings if necessary. B. Approval: If the above has been complied with, and in the Engineer's opinion the product proposed for substitution is equivalent to that mentioned, the product will be approved for substitution and all prospective bidders will be so notified. 1.11 PROTECTION: A. All new work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times to prevent damage or breakage, either in transit, storage, installation or testing. All openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All materials and equipment shall be covered and protected against dirt,water, chemical or mechanical injury. This shall include the erection of all required temporary shelters, cribbing of any ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 apparatus above floor construction and covering of apparatus in incomplete buildings with tarpaulins or other protective covering. Temporary electric heaters shall be installed to keep apparatus dry. All rotating equipment and/or machinery shall be properly lubricated and rotated on a regular basis. All electrical materials and equipment damaged during handling, storage, and installation, until the Owner has accepted the project, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor with no increase in contract price. 1.12 COORDINATION: A. The Contractor shall not hinder and/or delay any work being accomplished by other construction companies at or near the general construction site; nor shall the Contractor impede normal operation of the Owner at any time except as otherwise indicated. 1.13 WORKMANSHIP: A. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their particular trades. All installations shall be complete in both effectiveness and appearance whether finally enclosed or left exposed. The Engineer reserves the right to direct the removal or replacement of any item which, in his opinion, does not present a reasonably neat or workmanlike appearance, providing that same can be properly installed in an orderly way by usual methods for such work. All specialties and appurtenances shall be installed to conform to the manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise specified. 1.14 EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS: A. This Contractor shall make electrical connections to equipment installed by other trades. The mechanical contractor shall install all motor driven equipment and motors furnished under this contract. 1. The Contractor shall verify the electrical requirements of equipment and appliances furnished by others with data provided by the successful vendor or vendors. The Contractor shall provide the proper sized circuits, circuit breakers, starters, disconnect switches, receptacles, etc. as required to connect this equipment. If changes are required to electrical systems shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall make these changes at no additional cost to Owner. 1.15 CUTTING AND REPAIRING: A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work to eliminate cutting of the construction except as specified. Where it becomes necessary to cut through the construction to permit the installation of work or the repair of defective work, it shall be done by mechanics skilled in the trade of erecting the type of work involved. The Contractor without additional compensation shall pay the cost of cutting and ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 repairing. No cutting shall be done to any structural members unless the Engineer grants specific permission, in writing. 1.16 SLEEVES, INSERTS,SUPPORTS,ANCHOR BOLTS, FLASHING AND FOUNDATIONS: A. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, supports, anchor bolts,flashing, counter flashing and foundations required for the proper installation of the proposed work. 1.17 CLEANING: A. All debris resulting from the construction shall be removed from the project site daily. Upon completion of the project, unused materials and equipment shall be removed from the project site. All visible labels, dirt overspray, paint, grease, and stains shall be removed from all electrical equipment. Labels indicating testing laboratory approval or giving parts numbers shall be left in place. 1.18 TESTING: A. The Contractor shall test the entire wiring system for proper voltage level and balance, and for short circuits and grounds in accordance with established methods upon completion of work. The system shall operate satisfactorily in every respect. This Contractor shall make all corrections to accomplish such. 1.19 INSPECTIONS: A. The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide assistance to the Engineer or the Engineer's Inspector in making periodic and final inspections of the work. This assistance shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the furnishing of labor, tools, etc.to operate equipment and demonstrate its proper functioning. Also included shall be the removal of outlet,junction box and panel covers, etc. as necessary for the Engineer to inspect the work. 1.20 GUARANTEE: A. Any defects from imperfect or improper materials or faults arising from improper workmanship that may appear within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of final acceptance of the system shall be amended and made good by the Contractor at his own cost. Any defects or faults shall be attended to within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from the Engineer. Failure to promptly attend to said defects or faults shall be sufficient cause for the Owner to correct the problem with the Owner's forces or the forces of others and invoice the Contractor for any and all charges, including management and overhead, related to correcting said problem. END OF SECTION 26 0100 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 01 00-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 26 06 00 GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Solid grounding of electrical systems, equipment, machine frames, enclosures, appliances and structures. 2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. 3. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B3 Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. B8 Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard or Soft. 3. B33 Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code 2. 78 Lightning Protection Code C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 467 UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS—FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for grounding conductors, ground rods, clamps, connectors, wells and insulating materials. GROUNDING 26 06 00-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 1.04 SUBMITTALS—RECORD DATA: A. Submit in accordance with Section 013000. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. C. Test Reports 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Items provided under this Section shall be listed or labeled by UL. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Provide components and installation as required by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70,Article 250. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Provide products in quantities, sizes and ratings to comply with the NEC or the design drawings, whichever requirements are more stringent. B. Conductor Materials: Copper C. Connector Materials: Copper or bronze, tin-plated where required for corrosion resistance. 2.02 CONDUCTORS: A. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, 600 volt TW,THW or THWN insulation. Size per NEC 250. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Soft drawn copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8 except that conductor sizes Nos. 12 and 10 AWG used in lighting and receptacle branch circuits may be solid conductor. All conductors shall have 600 volt, TW, THW or THWN insulation. C. Grounding Grid Conductor: Medium hard drawn bare copper, Class B stranded per ASTM B-8, No. 2/0 AWG or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. D. Color Code: Insulation color shall be green, except that sizes No. 2 AWG and larger may be black with green colored tape spirally applied over all visible surfaces within enclosures. GROUNDING 26 06 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 2.03 WIRE CONNECTORS: A. Terminal Lugs: Copper alloy, tin-plated, compression type, Burndy type, YA, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 6 through No. 1/0 AWG. Burndy type YGHA, NEMA 2 hole pad for sizes No. 2/0 AWG and larger. B. Split Bolt Connectors: Burndy SERVIT, type KS C. Taps and Splices: 1. Grounding Grid below Grade: Exothermic type (Cadweld) or compression type (Burndy Hyground). 2. Above Grade: Compression type. 2.04 CONDUIT CONNECTORS: A. Conduit Clamps: Burndy type GAR or GD. B. Grounding Bushings: 0-Z/GEDNEY 2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES: A. Ground Rods: 3/ inch diameter, 10 feet long, copper clad steel with high strength sheath, molten welded to core. B. Rod Connectors: 1. Exothermic type: Cadweld 2. Mechanical type: Burndy type GAR or GD C. Test Wells: (Not Required) 2.06 INSULATING MATERIALS: A. Tape: Scotch 33+vinyl plastic. B. Mastic Pads: Scotch EZ—Seal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: GROUNDING 26 06 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 1. Provide grounding of systems, equipment and structures in accordance with NEC Article 250, the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and the design drawings. B: Service Entrance: 1. Provide a main bonding jumper between the service neutral conductor, the service equipment ground bus and the service equipment enclosure. 2. Provide a grounding electrode conductor to connect the service neutral conductor to the main grounding electrode. C: Building Steel and Piping: 1. Provide bonding jumper from the service neutral to the building steel and metallic piping systems. D: Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide a green insulated equipment grounding conductor in all branch circuits and feeder conduits. Size conductor in accordance with NEC 250 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2. Connect the equipment grounding conductor to panelboard or switchgear ground bus and to all metallic raceways, outlet boxes, lighting fixtures, equipment enclosures, appliances and motor frames. 3. Where metallic raceways are installed, both the raceway and the internal equipment grounding conductor shall be utilized for equipment grounding. E: Grounding Grid: 1) Excavate and backfill for main grounding grid conductor. Locate conductors at least 3 feet away from foundation. Conductor depth shall be 18 to 24 inches below finished grade. 2) Install ground rods vertically in undisturbed soil so that the top of the rod is 18 to 24 inches below finished grade, except that in test wells the top of rods shall be 6 to 8 inches below grade. Space rods a minimum of 10 feet apart. 3) Make underground cable to cable connections using either exothermic or compression type connections. 4) Provide test wells where indicated on the drawings. Install top of test well flush with finished grade or pavement. Use only bolted type rod connectors in test wells. GROUNDING 26 06 00-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 5) In addition to equipment grounding conductor connections, make connections from the grounding grid to the following items using green, insulated conductors: i) Electrical equipment ground busses ii) Electrical equipment enclosures iii) Motor frames iv) Steel support frames for electrical equipment v) Building steel frame 6) Grounding conductors stubbed up from below grade shall be enclosed in a 1 inch Schedule 40 PVC protective sleeve. F. Conduit: 1. Provide grounding bushings where metallic conduits connect to non-metallic enclosures or stub-up into open-bottom, floor-mounted enclosures. 2. Provide conduit grounding clamps where metallic conduit stub-ups are connected to non-metallic underground conduits. END OF SECTION 26 06 00 GROUNDING 26 06 00-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment nameplates and labels 2. Warning and caution signs 3. Operational instruction signs 4. Identification labeling of conduits, cables B. Related Sections: 1. Additional identification requirements are specified in other Sections of Division 26. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1. 29CFR1910.145 Specification for Accident Prevention Signs B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of product used on project. C. Schedules: Nameplate engraving schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: A. Engraved Nameplates and Signs: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 1. Material: 3 ply plastic laminate, matte-finish, 0.125 inch thickness,white with black center core except that material used for warning signs shall be red with white center core. Provide punched mounting holes for mechanical fasteners. 2. Size: Minimum size to be 1 inch by 2.5 inches, rectangular shape with square corners. 3. Engraving: Accurately align lettering and engrave into center core. Lettering shall be normal block style. Character size shall be 3/8 inch high for grouped equipment and load designation and % inch for individual equipment, loads and devices. B. Warning Signs: 1. Fiberglass reinforced polyester, non-adhesive backed, indoor-outdoor with punched mounting holes, Brady B-120. 2. Polyester overlaminated with plastic coating, adhesive-backed, indoor-outdoor, Brady B-302. 3. High Voltage warning signs to read "Danger-High Voltage-Keep Out." 4. Provide identical signs for each application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Provide labels and signs in accordance with NEC requirements. 2. Install labels and signs at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. 3. All nameplates and signs used on the project shall be of similar size, style and appearance. B. Equipment Nameplates: 1. Provide engraved identification nameplates for each of the following: a. Panelboards b. Circuit breakers C. Switches d. Contactors e. Pull and junction boxes 2. Nameplate legends shall include the equipment identification number as indicated on the design drawings and an appropriate service description. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 3. Nameplates for switchgear assemblies, panelboards, and separately enclosed breakers, switches, starters and contactors shall include the operating voltage. 4. Attach engraved nameplates to equipment with self-tapping, stainless steel, round head screws. Use adhesive attachment only where the substrate material is not suitable for screw attachment. C. Warning Signs: 1. Voltage warning signs where required by the NEC, where indicated on drawing and as follows: a. Equipment Rooms: On all doors to equipment rooms containing equipment or circuits over 600 volts or containing exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 7 inches x 10 inches. b. Pull Boxes: On removable covers for all pull and junction boxes containing circuits over 600 volts. C. Equipment: On front and rear compartment access doors and covers enclosing live parts. Signs provided as part of equipment that meet these requirements are acceptable. d. Fences: On each gate and on each side of fences that enclose equipment or circuits over 600 volts or exposed live parts. Minimum size shall be 10 inches by 14 inches. Locate at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. 2. Multiple Source Signs: a. Where enclosures contain voltages from more than one source which are not interrupted by opening the local unit disconnecting means, provide an engraved nameplate bearing the following (or similar) legend: "WARNING—MULTIPLE ELECTRICAL SOURCES EXIST WITHIN THIS ENCLOSURE" OR "WARNING—VOLTAGE MAY BE PRESENT WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH OPEN" 3. Hazardous Operation: a. Where operation of an electric switch or control device may create an unsafe or undesirable operating condition, provide an engraved plastic sign with appropriate warning statement. D. Multiple Services: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 1. Where multiple services exist, provide each service disconnect with an additional sign which states the name and location of other service disconnects. E. Conduits: 1. Identify conduits at each termination and at all transitions from exposed to concealed or underground installation. 2. Mark conduits legibly with a permanent marker pen to indicate conduit per circuit number. F. Cables: 1. Identify cables in pull and junction boxes,vaults, manholes and where entering switchgear panelboard assembly. 2. Provide an engraved plastic nameplate or other suitable permanent tag for each cable or cable assembly. Attach with self-locking nylon cable tie. 3. Cable identification shall include circuit number and phase as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 26 07 50 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 07 50-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 261230 WIRE &CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section includes copper wire, cable, associated connectors, and termination hardware used on systems operating at 600 volts or less. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. 138 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard, Medium Hard,Or Soft. B. National Electrical Contractor Association (NECA) 1. Standard of Installation C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) 1. 44 Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables 2. 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables 3. 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors 4. 486C Splicing Wire Connectors 5. 510 Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber Insulating Tape 6. 1569 Metal-Clad Cables 1.03 SUBMITTALS—FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of wire and cable, terminal lugs, connectors, and cable fittings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS—RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000. B. Product Data: Approved,as furnished data as listed above. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Furnish wire,cable,associated connectors,and termination hardware bearing UL label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BUILDING WIRE: A. Single conductor, soft drawn, annealed copper conductor, Class B stranded except that sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller used for lighting and power branch circuits may be solid. Insulation shall be 600 volt,type THHN/THWN per UL 83 or type XHHW per UL 44. 2.02 TYPE MC CABLE: Metal Clad Cable type MC multi-conductor cabling as manufactured by AFC Cable Systems or equivalent having the following construction features: A. Conductor: Bare,soft annealed copper,Class B stranded per ASTM B-8. B. Insulation: Polypropylene tape assembly with 600 volt, 90°C (dry) type THHN insulation with printed number and color identification. C. Neutral conductor:White—120v circuits;Gray—480Y277v circuits D. Grounding conductor:Green insulated copper ground conductor. E. Assembly: Three insulated conductors with grounding conductor, non-hygroscopic fillers and overall binder tape per UL 1569. F. Sheath: High strength, lightweight galvanized interlocking steel strip and color coded on the out side for easy identification. G. U.L rated 1569 2.03 CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS: A. Insulated Crimp Type Connectors and Terminals: Nylon insulated, Burndy INSULINK and INSULUG, or Thomas&Betts Sta-Kon. B. Split Bolts: High-conductivity copper alloy, Burndy SERVIT or Thomas&Betts Split-Bolt. C. Two Bolt Connectors: High-conductivity copper alloy, Burndy OKLIP,Type KVS or Blackburn 2BU. D. Compression Terminals: Copper, long barrel, Burndy HYLUG or Thomas& Betts Color-Keyed. E. Bolted Terminals: Cast copper alloy, Burndy QIKLUG or Thomas& Betts Locktite. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 F. Spring Wire Connectors: Insulated, twist-on type, Ideal Wire Nut or 3M Scotchlok. Push-in type connectors are prohibited. 2.04 CABLE TERMINATIONS: A. Type MC Cable: Steel set screw connectors 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS: A. Tape: UL 510 1. Vinyl Plastic: 3M Scotch 33+or Scotch 88. 2. Varnished Cambric(VC):3M Irvington 2920. 3. Friction: Black friction tape. B. Pulling Lubricants: Ideal Yellow 77 or Polywater Type J. C. Wire Markers: 1. Individual Wires: Heat shrink, machine printed, Raychem. 2. Multi-Conductor Cables or Groups of Wires as a Cable: Nylon tie on marker, Thomas & Betts Nylon I.D.Ties,Ty-Raps. D. Wire and Cable Ties: Thomas& Betts Ty-Raps. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. Wire and Cable: 1. THWN-THHN for power wiring through No. 250 AWG and control wiring in conduit. XHHW for sizes above No. 250 AWG in conduit. 2. THWN-THHN for equipment grounding conductor. 3. No. 12 AWG minimum for power circuits and No. 14 AWG minimum for control circuits unless noted otherwise on drawings. B. Splices and Taps: 1. Use insulated spring wire connectors for lighting and receptacle branch circuits No. 10 AWG and smaller. Push-in type connectors are prohibited. 2. Use solderless pressure connectors for branch circuit conductors No.8 AWG and larger. 3. Do not make splices or taps in feeder circuits or control circuits. C. Terminals: WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 1. Use copper compression terminals, NEMA 1 hole for sizes No. 4 AWG and smaller, NEMA 2 hole for sizes No.2 AWG and larger. 2. Use insulated, ring tongue terminals for signal and control conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install wire and cable in accordance with the NECA Standard of Installation. B. Installation in Conduit: 1. Swab conduits completely and thoroughly before pulling in conductors. 2. Pull all conductors into conduit at same time. 3. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire No.4 AWG and larger. 4. Do not pull in conductors until conduit system is completed. Do not pull through boxes, fittings or enclosures where a change of conduit alignment or direction occurs. 5. Limit pulling tension to maximum values as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Do not combine circuits into a common conduit other than as indicated on the drawings. C. Direct Burial Cable: 1. Trench and backfill for direct burial cables. Minimum depth of installation shall be 24 inches. 2. Terminate and ground metallic cable sheath with suitable fittings. D. Compression Connectors and Terminals: 1. Install on wire and cable with approved tool and die to recommended compression pressure. Do not cut strands from conductors to fit lugs or terminals. E. Bolted Connectors and Terminals: 1. Torque to manufacturer's recommended foot-pounds for size and class of connector. 2. Where manufacturer's published torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with UL 486A torque values. 3. Use galvanized steel bolts, nuts, split-lock washers and flat washers on terminal connections. F. Wiring in Enclosures: 1. Form and tie conductors in panelboards, cabinets, control panels, motor controllers, wireways, and wiring troughs in a neat and orderly manner. WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 2. Use Thomas & Betts wire and cable ties of appropriate size and type. 3. Limit spacing between ties to not more than 6 inches. G. Taping: 1. Above Ground and Dry Locations: Fill voids and irregularities with half-lapped layers of VC (two minimum) or electrical insulation putty. Insulate with three half-lapped layers of vinyl plastic and one half-layer of friction tape. 2. In damp or wet locations, wrap insulated spring wire connectors with 2 layers of vinyl plastic tape. 3.03 COLOR CODING: A. Power Wiring: Provide color coding for single and multi-conductor power circuits as follows: Voltage $A $B (DC Neutral 240 volts and below Black Red Blue White 250—600 volts Brown Purple Yellow Gray 1. For specified insulation and jackets not manufactured with integral colors, use conductors with black insulation or jacket and color-coding tape. 2. Color code conductors entering boxes,troughs,cabinets,and other enclosures. 3. Color code conductors in wireways,trenches, and other locations where conductors are continuously accessible at intervals not exceeding 5 feet. B. Insulated Equipment Ground: Green. C. Isolated Ground conductor: Green with Yellow tracer. 3.04 WIRING IDENTIFICATION A. Control Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall match approved schematic and wiring diagrams. B. Feeder and Branch Circuits: Install a permanent wire label at each termination. Identifying numbers shall include source panel designation and circuit number. 3.05 FIELD TESTS: A. Test conductors after installation is complete and prior to connection to equipment. B. Perform insulation resistance test on each conductor phase-to-ground with adjacent conductors grounded and test conductor disconnected from equipment. Applied potential shall be 1000 WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 volts do for one minute. Minimum acceptable test values shall be 50 megohms. Investigate deviations in test values between adjacent phases. C. Verify tightness of bolted connections with a calibrated torque wrench. Torque values shall be terminal lug manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 2612 30 WIRE&CABLE 26 12 30-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 26 13 60 RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1.Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS) 2.PVC-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit(CRGS) 3.Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) 4.Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 5.PVC Conduit(PVC) 6.Flexible Conduit 7.Associated Fittings 8.Wireways 9.Pull and Junction Boxes 1.02 REFERENCES: A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit—Zinc Coated 2. C80.3 Electrical Metallic Tubing—Zinc Coated 3. C80.5 Rigid Aluminum Conduit B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. TC 2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80) 2. TC 3 PVC Fitting for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 3. TC 13 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT) 4. TC 14 Filament-Wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit and Fittings. C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 70 National Electrical Code D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 1 Flexible Metal Conduit 2. 5 Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings 3. 5A Nonmetallic Surface Raceways and Fittings 4. 6 Rigid Metal Conduit 5. 360 Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit 6. 514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes RACEWAYS 26 13 60-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 7. 797 Electrical Metallic Tubing 8. 870 Wireways,Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings 9. 886 Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations 10. 1660 Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit 1.03 SUBMITTALS—FOR APPROVAL: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000 and 260100. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of conduit,fitting, connector, pull and junction box, and wireway used on the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS—RECORD DATA: A. Procedure: Submit in accordance with Section 013000. B. Product Data: Approved, as furnished data as listed above. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL(RGS): A. Conduit: Conduit including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be standard weight zinc- coated steel, rigid threaded conduit; shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1; and shall be hot-dipped galvanized inside, outside and over threads and lacquered inside. B. Fittings: Conduit fittings and accessories for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot-dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Fittings shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse-Hinds,Appleton or Gedney or an equal. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with RGS conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot-dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Boxes shall have threaded hubs and gasketed covers. Boxes shall be the product of Crouse-Hinds,Appleton, Gedney or equal. D. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps,framing and supporting materials shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. Bolts, nuts, screws,washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Cadmium-plated or zinc-plated fasteners and hardware will not be acceptable. 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC-SCHEDULE 40): A. Conduit: Conduit, elbows and couplings shall be Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit per NEMA TC 2 with a 901 UL rating, and shall be the standard product of Krayloy or Carlon or approved equal. RACEWAYS 26 13 60-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 B. Fittings: Fittings and accessories for use with Schedule 40 PVC conduit shall conform to NEMA TC 3 and shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the conduit. 2.03 PVC COATED STEEL CONDUIT(CRGS): A. Conduit: Prior to coating, all conduits, elbows, couplings, nipples etc. shall be standard weight rigid, threaded steel and shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out and over the ends. The conduit shall meet the requirements of ANSI C80.1, UL 6, and NEMA RN-1, 1980. B. Fittings: Prior to coating, fittings shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized, Appleton Form 35 or Crouse-Hinds or equivalent with cast cover and neoprene gasket. C. Boxes: Device and outlet boxes for use with PVC coated conduit shall be cast malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized with threaded hubs and gasketed cast covers or device plates. Boxes shall be the product of Appleton or Crouse-Hinds. D. PVC Coating: Conduit, fittings, boxes and accessories shall be Plasti-Bond 2 coated, as produced by Robroy Industries Inc. or an approved equal. Before coating, the galvanized surfaces shall be coated with an epoxy-acrylic primer. Exterior surfaces shall have a 40 mil PVC coating applied by dip method. Interior surfaces of conduits, fittings, boxes, etc. shall have a fusion bonded phenolic coating with a thickness of 4-6 mils. E. Fasteners and Supports: U-bolts, conduit clamps, straps, modular framing channels shall be 1-5/80 0 1-5/80 minimum section dimensions,Type 304 stainless steel, and shall be the product of Unistrut. Fasteners and attachment hardware shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.04 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT: A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings and nipples shall be standard weight,threaded, rigid aluminum 6063 alloy, with a copper content not to exceed 0.20%. The conduit shall have a silicon or lacquer coating inside. B. Fittings: Fittings, accessories and device boxes for aluminum conduit systems shall be the standard threaded type as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds,Appleton, or equal. Both fittings and covers shall be aluminum containing less than 0.4 of 1%copper. All screws shall be stainless steel. Covers shall be gasketed. C. Fasteners: All straps and clamps used to support aluminum conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron, with a 40 mil fused PVC coating, Plastibond, Ocal or equivalent. Strut type framing channels shall be either PVC coated galvanized steel or fiberglass. D. Hardware: Nuts, bolts, screws,washers, etc. shall be stainless steel. Galvanized or cadmium- plated hardware will not be acceptable for use with aluminum conduit. 2.05 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): RACEWAYS 26 13 60-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 A. Conduit: Conduit, including elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be hot dipped galvanized steel inside and out with an organic corrosion resistant coating applied to the inside. B. Fittings and Boxes: Conduit fittings, boxes, and accessories for use with EMT conduit shall be cast malleable iron or ferrous alloy, hot-dipped galvanized or zinc-electro-plated and lacquered. Fittings shall be compression type. Setscrew fittings are not acceptable. Fittings shall be the product of Crouse-Hinds,Appleton, OZ Gedney or an equal. C. Fasteners and Supports: All clamps, straps,framing and supporting materials shall be hot- dipped galvanized steel or malleable iron. 2.06 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: A. Flexible Conduit: Flexible conduit shall have a spiraled, flexible, galvanized steel inner core and an outer jacket of neoprene. Sizes 3/8"through 4" shall have a continuous, internal copper ground. Liquid-tight connectors shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron with neoprene sealing gaskets, external ground lugs and insulated throats. Connectors shall be Appleton type STB or Gedney or equal. 2.07 WIREWAYS: A. Sheet Metal: 1. Indoor, dry locations: NEMA 1, sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. Finish being manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2. Outdoor and damp locations: NEMA 3R,galvanized sheet steel per UL 870 with hinged cover per NEMA ICS 6. B. Non-Metallic: 1. NEMA 4X, Robroy Industries fiberglass trough with gasketed cover attached with non- metallic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, hubs, elbows, adapters, end caps and other fittings to match and mate with type of wireway furnished as required for a complete system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: A. General: 1. All field wiring shall be installed in conduit except as otherwise indicated. 2. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4-inch nominal diameter. B. Exposed: RACEWAYS 26 13 60-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 1. Conduit installed outdoors exposed shall be rigid galvanized steel. 2. Conduit installed indoors exposed and below 7 feet shall be rigid galvanized steel. Exposed conduit above 7 feet installed indoors may be EMT. 3. Rigid galvanized steel conduit installed within or through concrete or masonry shall be complete wrapped with corrosion resistant tape. C. Underground: 1. Conduit installed underground shall be Schedule 40 PVC. See section 3.02-E for additional requirements. 2. Elbows used for underground conduit stub-ups from below grade shall be PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, non-metallic Schedule 80 PVC, or Rigid Galvanized Steel completely taped with non-corrosive protective tape. D. Concealed: 1. Conduit installed concealed above lay-in ceilings and in dry wall construction shall be EMT. E. Flexible Connections: 1. Indoor-dry areas: Flexible metal conduit. 2. Indoor-wet, damp areas: Liquid-tight,flexible metal conduit. 3. Outdoors: Liquid-tight,flexible metal conduit. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Installation Methods: Conduit shall be installed concealed in walls or above ceiling or underground as indicated on the drawings. 2. Cleaning: All conduit systems shall be completed and shall be swabbed clean before conductors are pulled in. 3. Field cuts: Do not cut conduit with pipe cutters. 4. Bends: Field made bends and offsets shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine. Crushed or deformed raceways shall not be installed. The maximum number of 900 bends, or equivalent between pulling points in any conduit run shall be three. Pull and junction fittings and/or boxes shall be provided as necessary to satisfy this requirement. 5. Protection: The ends of all conduit runs shall be closed immediately after installation to prevent the accumulation of water, dirt and other foreign material. RACEWAYS 26 13 60-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 6. Locknuts: Conduits shall be fastened to all sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for digging into the wall of metal enclosures. Bushings shall be installed on the ends of all conduits and shall be the insulating type. 7. Conduit couplings shall be threaded type for RGS or RA conduit and compression type for EMT conduit. Set-screw couplings are not acceptable. 8. Spare conduits: Spare conduits shall have a pull cord installed. The pull cord shall be plastic with a minimum tensile strength of 200 pounds. Not less that 12 inches of slack shall be left at each end of the pull cord. 9. Supports: Supports shall be provided a minimum of every 10' and within 3' of all enclosures. In addition, conduits shall be rigidly supported between couplings, on either side of bends and at terminations and fittings. 10. Boxes: Boxes shall be provided in the raceway system as indicated on the drawings and also wherever required for pulling of wires or making connections. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, boxes installed in normally wet locations or on the outside of exterior surfaces shall be NEMA 3R, stainless steel sheet construction. Boxes shall be furnished with hinged and gasketed doors and stainless steel back panels. Each box shall have the volume required by the NEC for the number of conductors enclosed in the box. All boxes shall be securely anchored in place. 11. Flexible Connections: Flexible connections of short length shall be provided for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission or movement. A separate ground conductor shall be provided across all flexible connections. Flexible conduit connections shall be rigidly and securely supported in an approved manner at intervals not exceeding 24 inches in length and within 12 inches of each conduit termination. Lengths of not more than 36 inches may be installed without such supports where flexibility is required. 12. Identification: Identify conduits in accordance with Section 260750. 13. PVC: PVC conduit joints shall be solvent cement welded and shall be watertight. All PVC conduits shall have a separate grounding conductor installed. Where transition is made to the metallic conduit or enclosures,the grounding conductor shall be bonded to the metal conduit or enclosure. 14. Penetrations through walls,floors, and roof: All penetrations shall be sealed with a UL listed fire sealant equal to Dow Corning#3-6548. B. Exposed Conduit: 1. Routing: Exposed conduit shall be run straight and true to structure lines. Changes in direction of runs shall be made with fittings or symmetrical bends. Conduit in damp locations or outdoors shall be exposed to the air on all sides and shall not be installed RACEWAYS 26 13 60-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 tight against walls, ceilings and structural members, etc. Clamp backs and/or offsets shall be used as necessary to maintain uniform clearances. 2. Supports: Acceptable supporting and clamping materials for exposed conduit include one-hole straps and clamp back, "U" bolts, parallel or right angle conduit clamps, hot- dipped galvanized structural steel frames or modular stainless steel channel as manufactured by Unistrut or equal. Perforated steel tape, stamped steel one-and two-hole straps shall not be used. Conduits shall be supported in accordance with NEC 346-12. 3. Obstructions: Conduit shall be routed so as not to create any tripping or head banging hazard and so as not to create any obstruction to Owner's operation and maintenance activities. 4. Hubs: Watertight conduit hubs shall be installed where conduits enter the tops or sides of sheet metal or non-metallic enclosures. 5. Drains: Drain fittings shall be installed at low points throughout the conduit system where condensation is likely to occur. C. PVC Coated Conduit: 1. PVC coated conduit requires special care to minimize damage to the PVC coating during cutting,threading, bending and installation. Contractor shall install conduit in accordance with manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for providing strap wrenches, cutting dies,vises, and other special tools required to install PVC coated conduit. Standard pipe wrenches, chain wrenches or channel locks shall not be used. Conduit bending equipment shall have the proper diameter shoes or dies to allow for the thickness of the PVC coating. 3. PVC coated conduit shall be supported with Type 304 stainless steel clamps, straps, hangers and supports.Attachment hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 4. All PVC coated conduit and fittings that have teeth marks, cuts, nicks or are otherwise damaged shall be repaired by coating damaged area with a liquid PVC touch-up compound. Spray-type compound is not acceptable. 5. Unistrut channel supports and related accessories for use with PVC coated conduit shall be Type 304 stainless steel. D. Aluminum: 1. Aluminum conduit shall not be installed in direct contact with earth, concrete, steel, copper, brass or bronze. Where aluminum conduit comes into contact with dissimilar metals or passes through concrete walls or floors, it shall be wrapped with 2 layers, half-lapped, of corrosion preventative pipe tape, Scotch 50 or equal. RACEWAYS 26 13 60-7 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 2. Aluminum conduit threads shall have a Penetrox, No-Ox-Id or equal, applied when installed. E. Underground Conduit: 1. Under Landscaping (i.e. sod or grass): a. Underground conduits 2" and larger shall be laid in sand and covered with a 4" red concrete cap. The conduit shall be surrounded by a minimum of 3- inches of virgin sand (top, bottom, and sides). b. The top of concrete cap shall be a minimum of 24 inches below grade. C. Communication conduits shall be buried a minimum of 36"to top of conduit. d. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. e. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 2. Under Paved Areas (i.e. Parking Lot, Driveways, and Roads): a. Underground communication conduit runs shall be buried a minimum 36" below grade to top of conduit. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. b. Underground power conduit runs shall be buried the minimum depth per the National Electric Code. Provide red caution tape 12" below finish grade over all conduits. C. Unless otherwise indicated, electrical conduits must go below conflicts, such as yard piping, if the minimum depth cannot be met. Backfill for all trenches shall be compacted to original density. 3. Separation: Minimum separation between the outside edges of adjacent conduits shall be 3 inches. 4. Elbows: All elbows shall be long radius type. 5. Spacers: Conduit spacers shall be installed at 5 feet on centers. 6. Expansion Fittings: Provide expansion fittings in aboveground, vertical portion of each underground conduit stub-up. END OF SECTION 26 13 60 RACEWAYS 26 13 60-8 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 SECTION 26 32 00 NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide a complete and operable Emergency/Standby electric generating system with digital electronic controls, including all devices and equipment specified herein, as shown on the drawings, or required for the service. The equipment shall be new, factory tested and delivered ready for installation. B. The requirements specified below are based upon a Cummins Model DFEK. These requirements are the minimum that will be accepted, no exceptions. Those who meet or exceed all the requirements of this specification will be acceptable, provided they receive approval by the Engineer seven days prior to the bid date. Request for approval must include a line-by-line compliance statement based on these specifications. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Emergency Standby Power(ESP): Per ISO 8528:The maximum power available during a variable electrical power sequence, under the stated operating conditions,for which a generating set is capable of delivering in the event of a utility power outage or under test conditions for up to 200 hours of operation per year with the maintenance intervals and procedures being carried out as prescribed by the manufacturers.The permissible average power output(Ppp)over 24 hours of operation shall not exceed 70 percent of the ESP unless otherwise agreed by the RIC engine manufacturer. B. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated,expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of packaged engine generator indicated. Include rated capacities,operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. In addition, include the following: 1. Thermal damage curve for generator. 2. Time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device. 3. Sound test data, based on a free field requirement. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions,weights,and location and size of each field connection. 1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other components specified. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Control interconnection, Customer connections. C. Certifications: 1. Submit statement of compliance which states the proposed product(s) is certified to the emissions standards required by the location for EPA,stationary emergency application. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source quality-control test reports. 1. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report. See requirements in Part 2 "Source Quality Control"Article Part A. Include statement indicating torsional compatibility of components. 2. Certified Test Report: Provide certified test report documenting factory test per the requirements of this specification, as well as certified factory test of generator set sensors per NFPA110 level 1. 3. List of factory tests to be performed on units to be shipped for this Project. 4. Report of exhaust emissions and compliance statement certifying compliance with applicable regulations. B. Warranty: 1. Submit manufacturer's warranty statement to be provided for this Project. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain,within 100 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs.The generator set manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001 International Quality Standard and shall have third party certification verifying quality assurance in design/development, production, installation, and service, in accordance with ISO 9001. C. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one source from a single manufacturer.All equipment provided shall be NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 supplied by an authorized distributor of the manufacturer who has been continuously engaged in the distribution of industrial grade Power System products for a minimum of 15 years.The supplier shall provide initial start-up services, conduct field acceptance testing,and warranty service. The supplier shall be authorized to perform warranty service on all products provided.The supplier shall maintain a minimum of 6 factory trained and qualified field technicians, a proper supply of spare parts for the supplied equipment,a shop with overhaul capabilities and be able to provide 24-hour, 7 day per week, 365 day per year field service capability. D. Comply with NFPA 37(Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines). E. Comply with NFPA 70(National Electrical Code. Equipment shall be suitable for use in systems in compliance to Article 700, 701,and 702). F. Comply with NFPA 110(Emergency and Standby Power Systems) requirements for Level 1 emergency power supply system. G. Comply with UL 2200. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Engine-generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: 0.0 deg C(32.0 deg F)to 40.0 deg C(104.0 deg F). 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000.0 feet(305.0 m). 1.8 WARRANTY A. Base Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide base warranty coverage on the material and workmanship of the generator set for a minimum of twenty-four(24) months for Standby product and twelve (12) months for Prime/Continuous product from registered commissioning and start-up. B. Extended Warranty: Manufacturer shall offer extended coverage of 5 years from date of registered commissioning and start-up. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers:The basis for this specification is Cummins Power Generation 500kW genset, equipment model DFEK.Approved equals may be considered if equipment performance is shown to meet the requirements herein.All equipment provided shall be supplied by a manufacturer who has NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 been continuously engaged in the manufacture of industrial grade Power System products for a minimum of 15 years. The manufacturer shall have test facilities available to test the proposed equipment and demonstrate the equipment will meet the project specifications. If a manufacturer other than an Approved Manufacturer is proposed, provide the following: 1) Provide the name, address, and telephone number of at least 3 comparable installations which can prove the proposed equipment has operated satisfactorily for 3 years. Approved Manufacturers: A. Cummins Power Generation B. Rehlko/Kohler C. MTU 2.2 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET A. Factory-assembled and-tested, engine-generator set. B. Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation; and have lifting attachments. 1. Rigging Information: Indicate location of each lifting attachment,generator- set center of gravity, and total package weight in submittal drawings. C. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Power Output Ratings: Electrical output power rating for Standby operation of not less than 500.OkW, at 80 percent lagging power factor, 277/480, Series Wye, Three phase,4-wire, 60 hertz. 2. Alternator shall be capable of accepting maximum 1896.0 kVA in a single step and be capable of recovering to a minimum of 90%of rated no load voltage following the application of the specified kVA load at near zero power factor applied to the generator set. 3. Nameplates: For each major system component to identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of the component. The engine- generator nameplate shall include information on the power output rating of the equipment. D. Generator-Set Performance: 1. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 1.0 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. 2. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 8 percent variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 steady-state operating band within 2 seconds. On application of a 100%load step the generator set shall recover to stable voltage within 10 seconds. 3. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. 4. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within the rated load,there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed. 5. Transient Frequency Performance: Not more than 7 percent variation for 50 percent step-load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within 2 seconds. On application of a 100% load step the generator set shall recover to stable frequency within 10 seconds. 6. Output Waveform: At full load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for any single harmonic. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1,shall not exceed 50. 7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals,system shall supply a minimum of 300 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 8 seconds without damage to generator system components. For a 1-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals,system shall regulate both voltage and current to prevent over-voltage conditions on the non-faulted phases. 8. Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1,Type 10, system requirements. 9. Ambient Condition Performance: Engine generator shall be designed to allow operation at full rated load in an ambient temperature under site conditions, based on highest ambient condition. Ambient temperature shall be as measured at the air inlet to the engine generator for enclosed units, and at the control of the engine generator for machines installed in equipment rooms. 2.3 ENGINE A. Fuel: Natural Gas B. Minimum Engine Displacement: 1709 cubic inches C. Rated Engine Speed: 1800RPM. D. Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid: 1. Lube oil pump:shall be positive displacement, mechanical,full pressure pump. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 2. Filter and Strainer: Provided by the engine manufacturer of record to provide adequate filtration for the prime mover to be used. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. E. Engine Fuel System: The engine fuel system shall be installed in strict compliance to the engine manufacturer's instructions. F. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type,factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity and performance. 1. Designed for operation on a single 120 VAC,Single phase, 60Hz power connection. Heater voltage shall be shown on the project drawings. 2. Installed with isolation valves to isolate the heater for replacement of the element without draining the engine cooling system or significant coolant loss. 3. Provided with a 24VDC thermostat, installed at the engine thermostat housing G. Governor: Adjustable isochronous,with speed sensing.The governing system dynamic capabilities shall be controlled as a function of engine coolant temperature to provide fast, stable operation at varying engine operating temperature conditions. The control system shall actively control the fuel rate as appropriate to the state of the engine generator. Fuel rate shall be regulated as a function of starting, accelerating to start disconnect speed, accelerating to rated speed, and operating in various isochronous states. H. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled 1. The generator set manufacturer shall provide prototype test data for the specific hardware proposed demonstrating that the machine will operate at rated standby load in an outdoor ambient condition of 40 deg C. 2. Coolant: Solution of SO percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water,with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 3. Size of Radiator overflow tank: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 4. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed-loop coolant system pressure for engine used. Equip with gage glass and petcock. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 5. Temperature Control: Self-contained,thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. 6. Duct Flange: Generator sets installed indoors shall be provided with a flexible radiator duct adapter flange. I. Muffler/Silencer: Selected with performance as required to meet sound requirements of the application, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. For generator sets with outdoor enclosures the silencer shall be inside the enclosure. J. Air-Intake Filter: Engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element and restriction indicator. K. Starting System: 24V,as recommended by the engine manufacturer; electric,with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine- cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions"Article. 2. Cranking Cycle:As required by NFPA 110 for level 1 systems. 3. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length as required. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 4. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish. 5. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation. The battery charging alternator shall have sufficient capacity to recharge the batteries with all parasitic loads connected within 4 hours after a normal engine starting sequence. 6. Battery Chargers: Unit shall comply with UL 1236, provide fully regulated, constant voltage, current limited, battery charger for each battery bank. It will include the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate based on generator set manufacturer's recommendations shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 20 deg C to plus 40 deg C to NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-7 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or do output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. e. Provide LED indication of general charger condition, including charging, faults, and modes. Provide a LCD display to indicate charge rate and battery voltage. Charger shall provide relay contacts for fault conditions as required by N FPA110. f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA,Type 1,wall-mounted cabinet. 2.4 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Engine generator control shall be microprocessor based and provide automatic starting, monitoring, protection and control functions for the unit. B. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set.When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position,generator set starts.The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. (Switches with different configurations but equal functions are acceptable.) When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of the local (generator set-mounted) and/or remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set. C. Manual Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts generator set. The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of the local (generator set-mounted) and/or remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set. D. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, system controls, engine gages and associated equipment shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration. AC output power circuit breakers and other output power equipment shall not be mounted in the control enclosure. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-8 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 E. Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: As required by NFPA 110 for Level 1 system, and the following: 1. AC voltmeter(3-phase, line to line and line to neutral values). 2. AC ammeter(3-phases). 3. AC frequency meter. 4. AC kVA output(total and for each phase). Display shall indicate power flow direction. 5. Ammeter-voltmeter displays shall simultaneously display conditions for all three phases. 6. Emergency Stop Switch: Switch shall be a red "mushroom head" pushbutton device complete with lock-out/tag-out provisions. Depressing switch shall cause the generator set to immediately stop the generator set and prevent it from operating. 7. Fault Reset Switch: Supply a dedicated control switch to reset/clear fault conditions. 8. DC voltmeter(alternator battery charging). 9. Engine-coolant temperature gauge. 10. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gauge. 11. Running-time meter. 12. Generator-voltage and frequency digital raise/lower switches. Rheostats for these functions are not acceptable.The control shall adjustment of these parameters in a range of plus or minus 5%of the voltage and frequency operating set point(not nominal voltage and frequency values.) 13. AC Protective Equipment: The control system shall include over/under voltage, over current, short circuit, loss of voltage reference,and over excitation shut down protection. There shall be an overload warning, and overcurrent warning alarm. 14. Status LED indicating lamps to indicate remote start signal present at the control, existing alarm condition, not in auto,and generator set running. 15. A graphical display panel with appropriate navigation devices shall be provided to view all information noted above, as well as all engine status and alarm/shutdown conditions(including those from an integrated engine emission control system). The display shall also include integrated provisions for adjustment of the gain and stability settings for the governing and voltage regulation systems. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-9 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 16. Panel lighting system to allow viewing and operation of the control when the generator room or enclosure is not lighted. 17. DC control Power Monitoring: The control system shall continuously monitor DC power supply to the control and annunciate low or high voltage conditions. It shall also provide an alarm indicating imminent failure of the battery bank based on degraded voltage recover on loading(engine cranking). F. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 110. An LED labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event and a common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. G. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch: Flush;wall mounted, unless otherwise indicated; and labeled. Push button shall be protected from accidental operation. 2.5 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Generator Overcurrent Protection: The generator set shall be provided with a UL Listed/CSA Certified protective device that is coordinated with the alternator provided to prevent damage to the generator set on any possible overload or overcurrent condition external to the machine. The protective device shall be listed as a utility grade protective device under UL category NRGU. The control system shall be subject to UL follow-up service at the manufacturing location to verify that the protective system is fully operational as manufactured. Protector shall perform the following functions: 1. Initiates a generator kW overload alarm when generator has operated at an overload equivalent to 110 percent of full-rated load for 60 seconds. Indication for this alarm is integrated with other generator-set malfunction alarms. 2. Under single phase or multiple phase fault conditions, or on overload conditions, indicates an alarm condition when the current flow is in excess of 110% of rated current for more than 10 seconds. 3. Under single phase or multiple phase fault conditions, operates to switch off alternator excitation at the appropriate time to prevent damage to the alternator. 4. The operator panel shall indicate the nature of the fault condition as either a short circuit or an overload. 5. Senses clearing of a fault by other overcurrent devices and controls recovery of rated voltage to avoid overshoot greater than 120%of nominal voltage. 6. The protective system provided shall not include an instantaneous trip function. 2.6 GENERATOR, EXCITER,AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-10 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 B. Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H D. Temperature Rise: 105/Class H environment. E. Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, over speed up to 125 percent of rating,and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. F. Permanent Magnet Generator(PMG)shall provide excitation power for optimum motor starting and short circuit performance. G. Enclosure: Drip-proof. H. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type,separate from exciter, providing performance as specified.The voltage regulation system shall be microprocessor-controlled, 3-phase true RMS sensing,full wave rectified and provide a pulse-width modulated signal to the exciter. No exceptions or deviations to these requirements will be permitted. I. The alternator shall be provided with anti-condensation heater(s) in all applications where the generator set is provided in an outdoor enclosure,or when the generator set is installed in a coastal or tropical environment. J. Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding. K. Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent maximum, based on the rating of the engine generator set. 2.7 OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE A. Description: Sound Attenuated Aluminum housing. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Instruments, control, and battery system shall be mounted within enclosure. B. Construction: 1. Louvers: Equipped with bird screen to permit air circulation when engine is not running while excluding birds and rodents. 2. Hinged Doors: With padlocking provisions. Restraint/Hold back hardware to prevent closing keeping the door open at 180 degrees during maintenance. Rain lips over all doors. 3. Exhaust System: a. Muffler Location: Within enclosure. 4. Hardware:All hardware and hinges shall be stainless steel. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-11 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 5. Wind Rating: Wind rating shall be 150 mph 6. Mounting Base:Suitable for mounting on sub-base fuel tank or housekeeping pad. 7. A weather protective enclosure shall be provided which allows the generator set to operate at full rated load with a static pressure drop equal to or less than 0.5 inches of water. 8. Inlet ducts shall include rain hoods C. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Housing shall provide ample airflow for engine generator operation at rated load in an ambient temperature of 40 deg C. D. Sound Performance: Reduce the sound level of the engine generator while operating at full rated load to a maximum of 79.5 dBA measured at any location 7 m from the engine generator in a free field environment. E. Site Provisions: 1. Lifting: Complete assembly of engine generator, enclosure shall be designed to be lifted into place as a single unit, using spreader bars. 2. Emergency stop: Provide externally mounted EPO switch for emergency off. Switch shall be one of two required. Additional switch to be located on existing building. 2.8 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES A. Vibration Isolation: Generators installed on grade shall be provided with elastomeric isolator pads integral to the generator, unless the engine manufacturer requires use of spring isolation. 2.9 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Powder-coated and baked over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. Manufacturer's standard color or as directed on the drawings. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine-generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters. In addition,the equipment engine, skid,cooling system, and alternator shall have been subjected to actual prototype tests to validate the capability of the design under the abnormal NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-12 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 conditions noted in NFPA110. Calculations and testing on similar equipment which are allowed under NFPA110 are not sufficient to meet this requirement. B. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment,factory test engine-generator set manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests: 1. Test engine generator set manufactured for this Project to demonstrate compatibility and functionality. 2. Full load run. 3. Maximum power. 4. Voltage regulation. 5. Steady-state governing. 6. Single-step load pickup. 7. Simulated safety shutdowns. 8. Provide 14 days'advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers'written installation, application, and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. B. Equipment shall be installed by the contractor in accordance with final submittals and contract documents. Installation shall comply with applicable state and local codes as required by the authority having jurisdiction. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and instructions included in the listing or labeling of UL listed products. C. Installation of equipment shall include furnishing and installing all interconnecting wiring between all major equipment provided for the on-site power system. The contractor shall also perform interconnecting wiring between equipment sections(when required), under the supervision of the equipment supplier. D. Equipment shall be installed on concrete housekeeping pads. Equipment shall be permanently fastened to the pad in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and seismic requirements of the site. NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-13 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 E. Equipment shall be initially started and operated by representatives of the manufacturer. All protective settings shall be adjusted as instructed by the consulting engineer. F. All equipment shall be physically inspected for damage. Scratches and other installation damage shall be repaired prior to final system testing. Equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dirt and construction debris prior to initial operation and final testing of the system. G. On completion of the installation by the electrical contractor,the generator set supplier shall conduct a site evaluation to verify that the equipment is installed per manufacturer's recommended practice. 3.2 ON-SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST A. The complete installation shall be tested to verify compliance with the performance requirements of this specification following completion of all site work. Testing shall be conducted by representatives of the manufacturer,with required fuel supplied by Contractor. The Engineer shall be notified in advance and shall have the option to witness the tests. The generator set manufacturer shall provide a site test specification covering the entire system. Tests shall include: B. Prior to start of active testing, all field connections for wiring, power conductors, and bus bar connections shall be checked for proper tightening torque. C. Installation acceptance tests to be conducted on site shall include a "cold start"test, a two-hour full load (resistive)test, and a one-step rated load pickup test in accordance with NFPA 110. Provide a resistive load bank and make temporary connections for full load test, if necessary. D. Perform a power failure test on the entire installed system. This test shall be conducted by opening the power supply from the utility service and observing proper operation of the system for at least 2 hours. Coordinate timing and obtain approval for start of test with site personnel. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 3.4 SERVICE AND SUPPORT A. The generator set supplier shall maintain service parts inventory for the entire power system at a central location which is accessible to the service location 24 hours per day,365 days per year. The inventory shall have a commercial value of$3 million or more. The manufacturer of the generator set shall maintain a central parts inventory to support the supplier, covering all the major components of the power system, including NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-14 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 engines, alternators, control systems, paralleling electronics,and power transfer equipment. B. The generator set shall be serviced by a local service organization that is trained and factory certified in generator set service. The supplier shall maintain an inventory of critical power system replacement parts in the local service location. Service vehicles shall be stocked with critical replacement parts. The service organization shall be on call 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The service organization shall be physically located within 100 miles of the site. C. The manufacturer shall maintain model and serial number records of each generator set provided for at least 20 years. END OF SECTION NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR 26 32 00-15 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08,2025 26 33 00 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Furnish and install the automatic transfer switch (ATS) with number of poles, amperage, voltage, and withstand current rating as shown on the plans. The automatic transfer shall consist of an inherently double throw power transfer switch unit and a microprocessor controller, interconnected to provide complete automatic operation. All transfer switches and control panels shall be the product of the same manufacturer. B. Furnish an enclosure for the ATS that is for service entrance. It shall provide all of the proper disconnecting, protection, grounding and bonding required for service entrance equipment. 1.02 Acceptable Manufacturers Service entrance automatic transfer switches shall be ASCO Series 300. Any alternate shall be submitted to the consulting engineer in writing at least 10 days prior to bid. Each alternate bid must list any deviations from this specification. 1.03 Codes and Standards The service entrance automatic transfer switch and accessories shall conform to the requirements of: A. UL 1008 Listed for Optional Standby Transfer Switches (Manual Transfer Switches) B. CSA C22.2 No.178 1978 C. IEC 60947-6-1 Low—Voltage Switchgear and Controller D. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code E. NFPA 99—Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities F. IEEE Standard 446 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and StandbyPower Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications G. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment H. UL 891 Switchboards I. NEC Articles 700, 701, 702 J. International Standards Organization ISO 90estrication 01: 2008 K. RoHs compliant(Restriction of Hazardous Substances) L Seismic qualification—International Building Code& OSHPD to SDS level of 2.5 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Mechanically Held Transfer Switch AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-1 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 C. The transfer switch unit shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. The electrical operator shall be a single-solenoid mechanism, momentarily energized. Main operators which include overcurrent disconnect devices will not be accepted. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only one of two possible positions, normal or emergency. D. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and temperature rise at the contacts is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life. E. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 600 amperes and above shall have segmented, blow-on construction for high withstand current capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts. F. Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. A manual operating handle shall be provided for maintenance purposes. The handle shall permit the operator to manually stop the contacts at any point throughout their entire travel to inspect and service the contacts when required. G. Designs utilizing components of molded-case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources are not acceptable. H. Where neutral conductors must be switched, the ATS shall be provided with fully-rated neutral transfer contacts. I. Where neutral conductors are to be solidly connected, a neutral terminal plate with fully-rated AL- CU pressure connectors shall be provided. 2.02 Group G Controller with Integrated User Interface Panel A. The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. B. The controller shall direct the operation of the transfer switch. The controller's sensing and logic shall be controlled by a built — in microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, inherent serial communications capability, and the ability to communicate via Ethernet through optional communications module. C. A single controller shall provide single and three phase capability for maximum application flexibility and mimimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall be true RMS type and shall be accurate to± 1%of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to±0.1 Hz. Time delay settings shall be accurate to±0.5%of the full scale value of the time delay. The panel shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of-20 to+70 degrees C, and storage from -55 to+85 degrees C. D. The controller shall be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separate from the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance. Senisng and control logic shall be provided on printed circuit boards. E. The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for Electromagnetic Compability(EMC) as follows: 1. IEC 60947-6-1 Multiple Function Equipment Transfer Switching Equipment. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-2 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 61000-4 Testing And Measurement Techniques—Overview a. IEC 61000-4—2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity b. IEC 61000 -4—3 Radiated RF Field Immunity c. IEC 61000—4—4 Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity d. IEC 61000-4-5 Surge Immunity e. IEC 61000—4—6 Conducted RF Immunity 2. CISPR 11—Conducted RF Emissions and Radiated RF Emiissions 2.03 Enclosure A. The service entrance ATS shall be furnished in a NEMA type 311 enclosure. B. Provide strip heater with thermostat. C. Controller shall be mounted on,visable, and operational through enclosure door. D. The complete assembly shall be degreased, and thoroughly cleaned through a five-stage aqueous process.The finish shall be ANSI-61, light gray, electrostatically-charged polyester powder paint over a phosphate coating, at a minimum of 2.0 mils in density. Finish shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor environments. E. For those automatic transfer switches that are less than 1000 amperes,the connection between the normal disconnecting device and the ATS shall be made with the appropriate size cable. For those automatic transfer switches that are greater than 1000 amperes, the connection between the normal disconnecting device and the ATS shall be made with the appropriate size bus. Bus shall be silver plated copper rated no less than 1000 amps per square inch. F. A pressure disconnect link shall be provided to disconnect the normal source neutral connection from the emergency and load neutral connections for 4-wire applications. A ground bus shall be provided for connection of the grounding conductor to the grounding electrode. A pressure disconnect link for the neutral to ground bonding jumper shall be provided to connect the normal neutral connection to the ground bus. G. Control wiring shall be rated for 600 volt, UL 1015. Wires shall be placed in wire duct or harnessed, and shall be supported to prevent sagging or breakage from weight or vibration. All wiring to hinged doors shall be run through door terminal blocks or connection plugs. PART 3 OPERATIONS 3.01 Controller Display and Keypad A. A 128*64 graphical LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters. Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control through communications port. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via DIP switches on the controller. 1. Nominal line voltage and frequency 2. Single or three phase sensing on normal AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-3 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 3. Transfer operating mode configuration, (open transition, or delayed transition) All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible, readable and accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals. 3.02 Voltage and Frequency Sensing A. Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources (as noted below) shall be continuously monitored, with the following pickup,dropout, and trip settings capabilities (values shown as%of nominal unless otherwise specified. Parameter Sources Dropout/Trip Pickup/Reset Undervoltage N & E 70 to 98% 85 to 100% Overvoltage N & E 102 to116% 2% below trip Underfrequency N & E 85 to 98% 86 to 100% Overfrequency N & E 101 to 111% 2% bellow trip B. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within 1%at+25C C. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port access. D. Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to provide digital readout of voltage and frequency. Note:Single phase sensing on emergency E. The backlit 128*64 graphical display shall have multiple language capability. Languages can be selected from the user interface. 3.03 Time Delays A. A time delay shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals, adjustable 0 to 6 seconds. It shall be possible to bypass the time delay from the controller user interface. B. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes 59 seconds for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency. It shall be possible to bypass the time delay from the controller user interface. C. A generator stabilization time delay shall be provided after transfer to emergency adjustable 0 or 4 seconds. D. A time delay shall be provided on retransfer to normal, adjustable 0 to 9 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if emergency source fails and normal source is acceptable. E.A cooldown time delay shall be provided on shutdown of engine generator, Adjustable 0 to 60 minutes 59 seconds. F. All adjustable time delays shall be field adjustable without the use of special tools. G. A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an external AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-4 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 relay(s)for selective load disconnect control. The controller shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minutes 59 seconds time delay in any of the following modes: 1. Prior to transfer only. 2. Prior to and after transfer. 3. Normal to emergency only. 4. Emergency to normal only. S. Normal to emergency and emergency to normal. 6. All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available. H. In the event that the alternate source is not accepted within the configured Failure to Accept time delay,the common alert indication shall become active. I. The controller shall also include the following built-in time delay for delayed transition operation. 1. A time delay for the load disconnect position for delayed transition operation adjustable 0 to 5 minutes 59 seconds. 3.04 Additional Features A. The user interface shall be provided with test/reset modes. The test mode will simulate a normal source failure. The reset mode shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to normal. B. A set of contacts rated 5 amps, 30 VDC shall be provided for a low-voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down. setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred. C. Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of one contact, closed when the ATS is connected to the normal source and one contact closed when the ATS is connected to the emergency source. D. A single alarm indication shall light up the alert indicator and de — energize the configured common alarm output relay for external monitoring. E. LED indicating lights shall be provided; one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the emergency source (red). F. LED indicating lights shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the normal (green) and emergency (red) source, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source. G. LED indicating light shall be provided to indicate switch not in automatic mode (manual); and blinking (amber)to indicate transfer inhibit. H. LED indicating light shall be provided to indicate any alarm condition or active time AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-5 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 delay(red). The following features shall be built—in to the controller,but capable of being activated through keypad programming or the serial port only when required by the user: I. Provide the ability to select"commit/no commit to transfer"to determine whether the load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores before the generator is ready to accept the load. J. A variable window inphase monitor shall be provided in the controller. The monitor shall control transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed normal starting currents, and shall not require external control of power sources. The inphase monitor shall be specifically designed for and be the product of the ATS manufacturer. The inphase monitor shall be equal to ASCO feature 27. K. An engine generator exercising timer shall be provided to configure weekly and bi- weekly automatic testing of an engine generator set with or without load for 20 minutes fixed. It shall be capable of being configured to indicate a day of the week, and time weekly testing should occur. The following feature shall be built—into the controller, but capable of being activated through keypad programming,communications interface port, or additional hardware. L. Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact to signal the ATS to transfer to emergency.This inhibit signal can be enabled through the keypad or serial port. M. System Status-The controller LCD display shall include a "System Status" screen which shall be readily accessible from any point in the menu by depressing the "ESC" key. This screen shall display a clear description of the active operating sequences and switch position. For example, Normal Failed Load on Normal TD Normal to Emerg 2minlSs Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or display "coded" system status messages, which must be explained by references in the operator's manual are not permissible. N.Self Diagnostics—The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for the purpose of detecting system errors. This screen shall provide information on the status input signals to the controller which may be preventing load transfer commands from being completed. O. Communications Interface—The controller shall be capable of interfacing,through an optional serial communication port with a network of transfer switches, locally (up to 4000 ft.). Standard software specific for transfer switch applications shall be available by the transfer switch manufacturer. This software shall allow for the monitoring, control, and setup of parameters. P. Data Logging—The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain the AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-6 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 last 300 events, even in the event of total power loss. The following events shall be time and date stamped and maintained in a non—volatile memory. 1. Event Logging 1. Data and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency 2. Data and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal 3. Data and time and reason for engine start 4. Data and time engine stopped 5. Data and time emergency source available 6. Data and time emergency source not available 2. Statistical Data 1. Total number of transfers 2. Total number of transfers due to source failure 3. Total number of day's controller is energized 4. Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources are Available 5. Total time load is connected to normal 6. Total time load is connected to emergency 7. Last engine start 8. Last engine start up time 9. Input and output status 4.01 Optional Features A. Accessory Package-An accessory bundle shall be provided that includes: 1. A fully programmable engine exerciser with seven independent routines to exercise the engine generator, with or without load on a daily weekly, bi—weekly, or monthly basis. 2. Event log display that shows event number,time and date of events, event type, and reason (if applicable). A minimum of 300 events shall be stored. 3. RS-485 communications port enabled. 4. Common alarm output contact. (This feature shall be equal to ASCO accessory 11BE, and shall be capable of being activated for existing switches through optional accessory dongle). B. Expansion Module-A relay expansion module (REX) is a standard feature when delayed transition transfer is specified. A REX module shall also be provided for open transition transfer that includes one form C contact for source availability of the normal (18G) and emergency (1813) sources. Additional output relay shall be provided to indicate a common alarm. The REX module shall have the capability of being daisy chained for multiple sets of contacts. (This feature shall be equal to ASCO accessory 18RX, and shall be capable of being added to existing switches without modification). C. Communications Module — Shall provide remote interface module to support monitoring of vendor's transfer switch, controller and optional power meter. Module shall provide status, analog AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-7 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 parameters, event logs, equipment settings & configurations over embedded webpage and open protocol. Features shall include: 1. Email notifications and SNMP traps of selectable events and alarms may be sent to a mobile device or PC. 2. Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, HTTP, SMTP open protocols shall be simultaneously supported. 3. Web app interface requiring user credentials to monitor and control the transfer switch supporting modern smart phones, tablets and PC browsers. User will be able to view the dynamic one-line, ATS controls status, alarms, metering, event logging as well as settings. 4. Secure access shall be provided by requiring credentials for a minimum of 3 user privilege levels to the web app, monitor (view only), control (view and control) and administrator (view, control and change settings). 128-Bit AES encryption standard shall be supported for all means of connectivity. 5. Shall allow for the initiating of transfers, retransfers, bypassing of active timers and the activating/deactiviting of engine start signal shall be available over the embedded webpage and to the transfer switch vendor's monitoring equipment. 6. An event log displaying a minimum of three-hundred (300) events shall be viewable and printable from the embedded webpages and accessible from supported open protocols. 7. Four(4) 100 Mbps Ethernet copper R1-45 ports,two (2) serial ports, and LEDs for diagnostics. 8. DIN rail mountable. This option shall be equivalent to ASCO accessory 72EE D. Enclosure Heater-A 125 watt enclosure heater with transformer and thermostat (adjustable from 30'to 140 ° F) shall be provided for outdoor installations where type 3R, 4, are specified. (This feature shall be equal to ASCO accessory 44G, and shall be capable of being added to existing switches). 5.02 Disconnecting and Overcurrent Protection Device A. For those automatic transfer switches less than 1000 amperes, the normal connection shall be provided with a thermal magnetic rated molded case circuit breaker with current ratings as shown on the plans. It shall have a thermal magnetic trip unit. H. For those automatic transfer switches rated above 1000 amperes, the normal connection shall be provided with a stationary mount, insulated case circuit breaker with a solid-state trip unit. The trip unit shall have an adjustable long time, short time, instantaneous, and ground fault trip settings.The insulated case circuit breaker shall trip open when the ground fault setting is exceeded. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-8 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 6.01 Ampere Interrupting Capacity(AIC) A. The maximum short circuit current the breaker shall be required to interrupt is as follows: Switch Rating AIC Rating Voltage 70- 225 25,000A 480V 250,400 50,000A 480V 600 50,000A 480V 800—2000 65,000A 480V 2500, 3000 100,000A 480V 6.02 Tests and Certification A. The complete ATS shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements. B. Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide a notarized letter certifying compliance with all of the requirements of this specification including compliance with the above codes and standards, and withstand and closing ratings. The certification shall identify, by serial number(s), the equipment involved. No exceptions to the specifications, other than those stipulated at the time of the submittal, shall be included in the certification. C. The ATS manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001 International Quality Standard and the manufacturer shall have third party certification verifying quality assurance in design/development, production, installation and servicing in accordance with ISO 9001:2008. 6.03 Service Representation A. The ATS manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of company-employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United States. The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must be on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. B. The manufacturer shall maintain records of each switch, by serial number,for a minimum of 20 years. C. For ease of maintenance and parts replacement, the switch nameplate shall include drawing numbers, part numbers for main coil and control. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 33 00-9 Police Training Academy Generator-25075 September 08, 2025 Appendix Exhibit A—Rock Engineering&Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL) GeotechnicaI Report 9/30/21 City Project 321086— RETL Report#G121421 Appendix Police Training Academy—25075 September 8, 2025 • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • MATERIALS ENGINEERING &TESTING • SOILS • ASPHALT • CONCRETE ep9 ��P qro owe 9y `tea SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) YORKTOWN BOULEVARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MSA NO. 3399, PROJECT NO. 21086, TASK ORDER NO. 13 RETL REPORT NUMBER: G121421 PREPARED FOR: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI ENGINEERING SERVICES 1201 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78401 SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 PREPARED BY: µ..: ROCK ENGINEERING & TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78409 P: (361) 883-4555; F: (361) 883-4711 TBPE FIRM NO. 2101 l op - —xi T or, GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING&TESTING '9q�o oPe� • SOILS•ASPHALT • CONCRETE September 30, 2021 City of Corpus Christi Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: Mr. Isaac Perez SUBJECT: SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM, AND GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Yorktown Boulevard Corpus Christi, Texas MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 RETL Job No. — G121421 Dear Mr. Perez, In accordance with our agreement, we have conducted a subsurface investigation, laboratory testing program, and geotechnical evaluation for the above referenced project. The results of this investigation, together with our recommendations, are to be found in the accompanying report, one electronic copy of which is being transmitted for your records and for distribution to the project design team. Often, because of design and construction details that occur on a project, questions arise concerning soil conditions and Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL) (TBPE Firm No. 2101), would be pleased to continue its role as the Geotechnical Engineer during project implementation. RETL also has great interest in providing materials testing and observation services during the construction phase of this project. If you will advise us of the appropriate time to discuss these engineering services, we will be pleased to meet with you at your convenience. Sincerely, Mark C. Rock, P.E. Senior Consultant ROCK ENGINEERING& TESTING LABORATORY,INC. Corpus Christi San Antonio Round Rock Office: 361.883.4555 Office:210.495.8000 Office: 512.284.8022 Fax:361.883.4711 Fax:210.495.8015 Fax:512.284.7764 6817 Leopard St. 10856 Vandale 7 Roundville Ln. Corpus Christi,TX 78409 San Antonio,TX 78216 Round Rock,TX 78664 www.rocktesting.com SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION, LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM, AND GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE PROPOSED POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) YORKTOWN BOULEVARD CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS MSA NO. 3399, PROJECT NO. 21086, TASK ORDER NO. 13 RETL REPORT NUMBER: G121421 PREPARED FOR: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI ENGINEERING SERVICES 1201 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78401 SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 PREPARED BY: ROCK ENGINEERING AND TESTING LABORATORY, INC. 6817 LEOPARD STREET CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78409 PHONE: (361) 883-4555; FAX: (361) 883-4711 0 TEXAS PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING FIRM ''+`"+....*' REGISTRATION NO. 2101 • :; —�G F }���� W. Curren W. Lantz � ............ J • •.AMES P. SAUER ...W \ � /...........................:..../ 129201 - � �,�'•�ICENO�•'��►�� SIONAI.ENG ..�....- James P. Bauer, P.E. 4arren W. Lantz, P.E. Corpus Christi Branch Manager Senior Geotechnical Engineer 6� T+ is �p } TABLE OF CONTENTS Page INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Authorization......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Purposeand Scope.............................................................................................................................................................. 1 General................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 SITEDESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................................2 FIELDEXPLORATION ............................................................................................................................................................2 Scope ................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Drillingand Sampling Procedures......................................................................................................................................... 3 FieldTests and Observations...............................................................................................................................................4 LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM....................................................................................................................................4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................................................5 General................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 SoilConditions...................................................................................................................................................................... 5 GroundwaterObservations................................................................................................................................................... 6 OSHASoil Type Classification.............................................................................................................................................. 7 SeismicSite Classification.................................................................................................................................................... 8 GEOTECHNICALDISCUSSION..............................................................................................................................................8 ProjectDescription................................................................................................................................................................ 8 PVRDiscussion.................................................................................................................................................................... 8 FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED.................................................................................................................................. 10 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS................................................................................................................................. 11 Straight Shaft Drilled Pier Recommendations..................................................................................................................... 11 LateralPier Analysis........................................................................................................................................................... 12 Floor Slabs used with Drilled Piers..................................................................................................................................... 12 Slab-on-Grade Foundation Recommendations (Ancillary Structures)................................................................................ 13 PAVEMENT CONSIDERATIONS.......................................................................................................................................... 14 Pavement Recommendations............................................................................................................................................. 15 Pavement Subgrade Preparation........................................................................................................................................ 16 Routine Maintenance of Rigid and Flexible Pavement Systems......................................................................................... 17 SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS......................................................................................................................................... 17 Concrete Flatwork and Drainage Construction Considerations.......................................................................................... 17 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................................................................. 18 StructurePad Preparation.................................................................................................................................................. 18 SelectFill............................................................................................................................................................................ 19 Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Piers................................................................................................................................................20 Earthworkand Acceptance.................................................................................................................................................21 VaporRetarder...................................................................................................................................................................22 Utilities................................................................................................................................................................................23 Expansionand Control Joints.............................................................................................................................................23 GENERALCOMMENTS........................................................................................................................................................23 APPENDIX: Site Vicinity Map Boring Location Plan Boring Logs B-1 to B-13 Key to Soil Classification and Symbols September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of a soil exploration and geotechnical analysis for the proposed Police Training Academy to be located off Yorktown Boulevard in Corpus Christi, Texas. The project includes the construction of a one to two story building with an approximate footprint of 30,000 square feet, a new running track, and associated pavement parking and driveway areas. Authorization The scope of work for this project was performed in accordance with a Rock Engineering and Testing Laboratory, Inc. (RETL) Proposal No. CGP072221 C dated July 27, 2021. The scope of work and fee was approved on August 12, 2021, by provision of City of Corpus Christi Task Order No. 13, under the MSA for Geotech/Construction Materials Testing Contract No. 3399. The Task Order was electronically provided to RETL. Purpose and Scope The purpose of this exploration was to evaluate the soil and groundwater conditions at the site and to provide geotechnical recommendations for the proposed Police Training Academy. The scope of the exploration and analysis included the subsurface exploration, field and laboratory testing, engineering analysis and evaluation of the subsurface soils, provision of geotechnical recommendations, and preparation of this report. The scope of work for this project was determined by RETL. The scope of services did not include an environmental assessment. Any statements in this report, or on the boring logs, regarding odors, colors, unusual or suspicious items or conditions are strictly for the information of the client. General The exploration and analysis of the subsurface conditions reported herein are considered sufficient in detail and scope to provide geotechnical recommendations for the proposed project. The information submitted for the proposed project is based on project details provided by Mr. Isaac Perez, representing the City of Corpus Christi, as well as the soil information obtained at the boring locations. If the designers require additional soil parameters to complete the design and this information can be obtained from the soil data and laboratory tests performed within the scope of work included in our proposal for this project, then RETL will provide the additional information requested as a supplement to this report. The Geotechnical Engineer states that the findings, recommendations, specifications or professional advice contained herein have been presented after being prepared in a manner consistent with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the Geotechnical Engineer's profession practicing contemporaneously under similar conditions in the locality of the project. Page 1 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 RETL operates in general accordance with, "Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction, (ASTM D3740)." No other representations are expressed or implied, and no warranty or guarantee is included or intended. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of the City of Corpus Christi and the design team for the specific application to the proposed Police Training Academy to be located off Yorktown Boulevard in Corpus Christi, Texas. SITE DESCRIPTION The site of the planned Police Training Academy is located off Yorktown Boulevard, approximately 0.7 miles west of its intersection with Rodd Field Road, in Corpus Christi, Texas. Specifically, the site is bordered by Yorktown Boulevard to the south, undeveloped properties to the north and to the west, and by Del Mar College South Campus, Phase 1, to the east. A Site Vicinity Map is presented in the Appendix. The site is open and grass covered. The ground surface is relatively flat and level. Overhead utilities and evidence of buried utilities exist at the south side of the property, adjacent to Yorktown Boulevard. At the time of our field investigation the condition of the ground surface was firm and did not pose any significant difficulties to the drill crews moving their equipment. Owner coordination was required to access the site. FIELD EXPLORATION Scope The field exploration, to evaluate the engineering characteristics of the subsurface soil materials, included reconnaissance of the project site, performing the test boring operations and obtaining disturbed split spoon soil samples and relatively undisturbed Shelby tube samples. During the sample recovery operations, the soils encountered were classified and recorded on the boring logs in accordance with "Standard Guide for Field Logging of Subsurface Exploration of Soil and Rock, (ASTM D5434)." Thirteen borings were performed for the purpose of providing geotechnical recommendations. The table below provides the boring identification, boring depth and GPS coordinates. Page 2 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Summary of Boring Information Boring Boring Location Boring GPS Coordinates Identification Depth (ft) B-1 Building Area 50 N 27.65565' W 97.37206' B-2 Building Area 50 N 27.65547' W 97.37220' B-3 Building Area 50 N 27.655610 W 97.372200 B-4 Building Area 30 N 27.65577' W 97.37237' B-5 Building Area 30 N 27.65578' W 97.37258' B-6 Building Area 30 N 27.65602' W 97.37273' B-7 Running Track Area 15 N 27.656400 W 97.37249' B-8 Running Track Area 15 N 27.65636' W 97.37203° B-9 Running Track Area 15 N 27.65606' W 97.37175' B-10 Running Track Area 5 N 27.655960 W 97.372330 B-11 Pavement Area 5 N 27.65547' W 97.37273° B-12 Pavement Area 5 N 27.65590' W 97.37320' B-13 Pavement Area 5 N 27.65631° W 97.37341° The number, locations and depths of the borings were determined by RETL and RETL performed the drilling operations. The GPS coordinates were obtained at the boring locations using a Garmin GPS model eTrex and are provided in this report and on the boring logs. Upon completion of the drilling operations and obtaining the groundwater observations, the borings were backfilled with excess soils obtained during drilling operations. A Boring Location Plan is provided in the Appendix of this report. The borings performed for this project were used to determine the classification, strengths and plasticity of the subgrade soils. The information provided on the boring logs includes boring location, boring depth, soil classification, soil strengths, and laboratory test results. The boring logs are included in the Appendix. Drilling and Sampling Procedures The test borings were performed using a drilling rig equipped with a rotary head turning hollow stem augers to advance the boreholes. Disturbed soil samples were obtained employing split- barrel sampling procedures in general accordance with the procedures for, "Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1586)." Relatively undisturbed soil samples were obtained using thin-wall tube sampling procedures in general accordance with, "Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils, (ASTM D1587)." The samples obtained by this procedure were extruded by a hydraulic ram in the field. Page 3 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 The samples were visually classified, placed in plastic bags, marked according to boring number, depth and any other pertinent field data, stored in special containers and delivered to the laboratory for testing. Field Tests and Observations Penetration Tests — During the sampling procedures, standard penetration tests (SPT) were performed to obtain the standard penetration value of the soil at selected intervals. The standard penetration value (N) is defined as the number of blows of a 140-pound hammer, falling 30 inches, required to advance the split-barrel sampler 1-foot into the soil. The sampler is lowered to the bottom of the previously cleaned drill hole and advanced by blows from the hammer. The number of blows is recorded for each of three successive 6-inch penetrations. The "N" value is obtained by adding the second and third 6-inch increment number of blows. An automatic hammer was utilized when performing SPT. An automatic hammer is usually taken as having an efficiency of one. The results of standard penetration tests indicate the relative density of cohesionless soils and comparative consistency of cohesive soils, thereby providing a basis for estimating the relative strength and compressibility of the soil profile components. Water Level Observations — Water level observations were obtained during the test boring operations. Water level observations are noted on the boring logs provided in the Appendix. In relatively pervious soils, such as sandy soils, the indicated depths are usually reliable groundwater levels. In relatively impervious soils, such as clayey soils, a suitable estimate of the groundwater depth may not be possible, even after several days of observation. Seasonal variations, temperature, land-use, proximity to large water bodies, tidal fluctuations and recent rainfall conditions may influence the depth to the groundwater. The amount of water in open boreholes largely depends on the permeability of the soils encountered at the boring locations. Ground Surface Elevations —The ground surface elevations at the boring locations were not provided. Therefore, depths referred to in this report are from the ground surface at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation. LABORATORY TESTING PROGRAM In addition to the field investigation, a laboratory testing program was conducted to determine additional pertinent engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials necessary in analyzing the behavior of the subgrade soils and supported improvements for the proposed project. The laboratory testing program included supplementary visual classification (ASTM D2487) and water content tests (ASTM D2216) on the samples. In addition, selected samples were subjected to Atterberg limits tests (ASTM D4318)and percent material finer than the#200 sieve tests (ASTM D1140). The shear strengths of selected cohesive soil samples were evaluated from unconfined compressive strength tests (ASTM D2166). The estimated soil strengths were obtained using a hand penetrometer. Page 4 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 The laboratory testing program was conducted in general accordance with applicable ASTM Specifications. The results of these tests are to be found on the accompanying boring logs provided in the Appendix. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS General The types of soil materials encountered in the test borings have been visually classified and are described in detail on the boring logs. The results of the standard penetration tests, hand penetrometer values, water level observations, and laboratory tests are presented on the boring logs. Representative samples of the soils were placed in polyethylene bags and are now stored in the laboratory for further analysis, if desired. Unless notified to the contrary, the samples will be disposed of three months after issuance of this report. The stratification of the soil, as shown on the boring logs, represents the soil conditions at the actual boring locations. Variations may occur between, or beyond, the boring locations. Lines of demarcation represent the approximate boundary between different soil types, but the transition may be gradual, or not clearly defined. It should be noted that, whereas the test borings were drilled and sampled by experienced drillers, it is sometimes difficult to record changes in stratification within narrow limits. In the absence of foreign substances, it is also difficult to distinguish between discolored soils and clean soil fill. Soil Conditions The generalized soil conditions encountered at the project site have been summarized and soil properties including soil classification, strength, and plasticity are provided in the following tables. Soil Profile Table 1 Building Area (Borings B-1 to B-6) D Description ILL PI C ye 4200 P 0- 3 Fat CLAY 63- 75 42- 53 1,000 0 115 81 - 83 --- 7- 10 3- 5 Fat CLAY 63- 76 42- 54 1,800 0 120 83- 88 1.25-4.5+ --- 5- 10 Fat/Lean CLAY 40- 67 24-45 1,200 0 120 71 - 95 1.25- 3.25 --- 10- 23 Fat/Lean CLAY 27- 37 16- 23 1,200 0 60 53- 64 0.75-4.5+ --- 23- 30 Silty, Clayey and NP- 24 NP- 11 0 34 55 8 -21 --- 16- 35 Poorly Graded SAND 30-43 Fat/Lean CLAY 49- 54 31 - 33 1,800 0 60 77- 94 1.75-4.5+ 37 43- 50 Fat CLAY 71 43 2,500 0 60 93 4.0-4.5+ --- *Borings B-4, B-5 and B-6 were terminated at a depth of 30 feet. Page 5 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Soil Profile Table 2 Running Track and Pavement Areas (Borings B-7 to B-13) D Description ILL PI C ye 1 4200 P 0- 3 Fat CLAY 62- 69 44- 51 1,000 0 115 79- 83 --- 7- 10 3- 10 Fat CLAY 58- 76 42- 54 1,400 0 120 79- 99 1.75-4.0 --- 10- 15 Fat/Lean CLAY 30- 31 15- 16 1,000 0 115 66- 68 1.0- 2.5 --- *Borings B-10 through B-13 were terminated at a depth of 5 feet. Where: D = Depth in feet below existing grade LL = Liquid Limit (%) PI = Plasticity Index NP = Non plastic C = Soil Cohesion, psf(undrained) � =Angle of Internal Friction, deg. (undrained) ye = Effective soil unit weight, pcf 4200 = Material passing#200 sieve, % P = Hand penetrometer value range, tsf N = Standard Penetration Test value, blows per foot Exceptions to the above generalized soil profile do exist. Most notable is the variation in the depth that the top and bottom of the intermediate sand layer was encountered in the borings. Detailed descriptions of the soils encountered at the boring locations are provided on the boring logs included in the Appendix. Groundwater Observations Groundwater(GW) observations and the depths the borings caved are provided in the following table. Groundwater(GW) Observations Boring During Upon Completion Delayed Drilling of Drillin Readings hours B-1 15 feet GW at 8 feet and caved at 18.5 feet GW at 6.5 feet and caved at 7 feet(24 hrs) B-2 16 feet GW at 8.5 feet and caved at 20 feet GW at 7 feet and caved at 8 feet (24 hrs) B-3 24 feet GW at 9 feet and caved at 9.5 feet GW at 7 feet and caved at 12 feet (24 hrs) B-4 18 feet GW at 9 feet and caved at 16 feet GW at 8.5 feet and caved at 14 feet(6 hrs) B-5 18 feet GW at 10.5 feet and caved at 13 feet GW at 8.5 feet and caved at 14.5 feet (6 hrs) B-6 15 feet GW at 10 feet and caved at 18 feet GW at 10 feet and caved at 18 feet (3 hrs) B-7 Dry Dry and caved at 11 feet GW at 10 feet and caved at 13 feet(3 hrs) B-8 10.5 feet GW at 9.5 feet and caved at 11 feet GW at 9 feet and caved at 12 feet(2 hrs) B-9 Dry Dry and caved at 11 feet GW at 8 feet and caved at 12 feet(6 hrs) B-10 Dry Dry and open Boring backfilled upon completion B-11 Dry Dry and open Boring backfilled upon completion B-12 Dry Dry and open Boring backfilled upon completion B-13 Dry Dry and open Boring backfilled upon completion *Borings B-7 to B-9 were terminated at 15 feet and Boring B-10 to B-13 were terminated at a depth of 5 feet. Page 6 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Based on observations made in the field, it appears that groundwater at this site during the time of our field investigation was present near the 8 to 10-foot depth. It should be noted that the water level in open boreholes may require several hours to several days to stabilize depending on the permeability of the soils and that groundwater levels at this site may be subject to seasonal conditions, recent rainfall, drought or temperature effects. OSHA Soil Type Classification The table below provides a summary of the OSHA Soil Type Classification based on the soils encountered at the boring locations. Depth OSHA Soil Type (feet) Description Classification Clay Above the Water Table 0- 10 (Average Undrained Shear Strength is greater than 500 psf) Type B 10- 20 Clay Below the Water Table or Non-Cohesive (Sand)Soils Type C It should be noted that the contractor's "competent person" shall make the final determination of the OSHA Soil Type during excavation of the soils at the jobsite. Any soil from which water is freely seeping should be downgraded to Type C soil. Slope protection for excavations greater than 20 feet need to be designed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. The maximum allowable slopes during construction for soil OSHA soil types are provided in the following table. Guidelines for Maximum Allowable Slopes Soil or Rock Type Max. Allow. Slopes for Excavations <Than 20' Deep Stable Rock Vertical Type A 3/4 Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type B 1 Horizontal : 1 Vertical Type C 1'/2 Horizontal : 1 Vertical Guidelines for maximum allowable slopes were obtained from OSHA documents, but do not take into account any recent revisions or the stability of long-term unprotected slopes. Long term unprotected slopes will likely require much flatter slopes. The guidelines presented herein for slopes do not imply RETL is taking responsibility for construction site safety; this responsibility falls entirely upon the contractor and his responsible person. RETL is assuming that the contractor will comply with all rules, ordinances and other requirements to comply with safe construction practices. Page 7 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Seismic Site Classification In accordance with the International Building Code (IBC), "When the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail to determine the site class, Site Class D shall be used unless it is determined that Site Class E or F soil is likely to be present at the site." Since our field investigations have not included a 100-foot deep boring, by definition the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail. Site Class D soils should have a Standard Penetration Resistance of 15 to 50, or an undrained shear strength between 1,000 and 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf). The predominate soil strengths at this site generally meet or exceed the typical strength range above and therefore the site should be classified as Seismic Site Class D. GEOTECHNICAL DISCUSSION Project Description Based on information provided to RETL, the project will include the construction of a new Police Training Academy. The Police Training Academy will consist of a one to two-story structure with a footprint on the order of 30,000 square feet. The western portion of the building structure will be one story in height and will contain exercise and training rooms, showers and restroom facilities, break rooms, a training office, laundry room and mechanical and storage closets. The eastern portion of the structure will be two stories in height with the first floor consisting of simulator rooms, an arms vault, control and training rooms, a conference room and offices. The second floor will contain auditorium and classroom areas. The east and west building wings will feature a masonry exterior, with a glass lobby and entrance area connecting them. In addition to the building structure, a new outdoor running track will be constructed at the north side of the building. New pavement parking areas and driveways will also be constructed at the south and west sides of the building. RETL has not been provided with existing topographic information, grading plans or finished floor slab elevations. In addition, RETL has not been provided with estimated structural loading information for the building structure. Once this information becomes available, it should be provided to RETL so that we can review our recommendations and provide additional recommendations as necessary. PVR Discussion The laboratory test results indicate that the subsoils in the active zone at this site are high in plasticity. The calculated total potential vertical rise (PVR) at this site is estimated to be approximately 3'/2 to 4 inches. This PVR value represents the vertical rise that can be experienced by dry subsoils if they are subjected to conditions that allow them to become saturated, such as poor drainage. The actual movement of the subsoils is dependent upon their change in moisture content. Page 8 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 The PVR was calculated using the Texas Department of Transportation Method TEX-124E and took into account the depth of the active zone, estimated to extend to a depth of approximately 10 feet at this site, and the Atterberg limits test results of the soils encountered within the active zone. Differential vertical movements can potentially be equal to the expected total movements. Differential vertical movements at this site may be equal to the calculated PVR over a distance equal to the depth of the active zone, within the footprint of a slab-on-grade if dry soil conditions exist and a localized water source such as ponding water or a plumbing leak occurs resulting in non-uniform moisture conditions. Undercutting a portion of the natural expansive soils at this site and replacing them with properly compacted select fill soils should reduce the PVR. The resulting reduction in PVR at this site, utilizing undercutting and replacement operations, are included in the table below. The estimated PVR values provided are based on a floor or running track system applying a sustained surcharge load of approximately 1.0 pound per square inch on the subgrade soils resulting in a concrete floor slab or track surface finished approximately 1'/2 feet above the average surrounding grade elevation. PVR Reduction Required Undercut Depth (ft) Minimum Select Fill Thickness (ft) Approximate PVR(in) 1 2 3 2 3 2'Y2 3 4 2 4 5 1'Y2 5 6 1 Based on our calculations, in order to reduce the PVR to approximately 1 inch in any soil- supported slab areas or in the running track area, it will be necessary to remove the expansive soils to depths of 5 feet. Upon completion of the excavation, the exposed subgrade soils shall be moisture conditioned and recompacted, and a minimum of 6 feet of compacted "Select Fill" soils shall be properly placed and compacted in the excavation. Additional undercutting and replacement may be required to further reduce the PVR based on architectural or structural design considerations or if the finished concrete slab elevation or running track surface is something other than approximately 1'/2 feet above the average existing grade at the site. If the finished floor slab elevation is something other than the assumed 1'/2 feet above the average existing grade at the site, RETL should be given the opportunity to revisit the recommendations provided herein to determine if supplemental recommendations are warranted. Page 9 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 FOUNDATION TYPES CONSIDERED Various foundation types have been considered for the support of the proposed Police Training Academy. The foundation types considered include Conventional Spread and Continuous Strip Footing foundations, Slab-on-Grade foundations and Drilled Pier foundations. Conventional Spread and Continuous Strip Footings — Conventional spread and continuous strip footings for support of a building structure, used in conjunction with an unstiffened floor slab, do not provide stiffness within the slab or foundation to resist differential soil movements and created moments. Accordingly, conventional spread and continuous footing foundations are most appropriate for use on sites that do not qualify as "expansive" per the IBC. Because this site is expansive, even if the PVR value is reduced to one inch or less, differential movements of the individual footings would likely result in undesirable differential movements and distress to the building structure and therefore conventional spread and continuous strip footing foundations are not recommended for use on this project. Slab-on-Grade Foundations — A stiffened grid type beam and slab foundation is used to support relatively light structures where the soil conditions are relatively uniform, and where uplift and settlement can be tolerated. The intent of a stiffened slab-on-grade foundation is to allow the structure and foundation to move up and down freely with soil movements while providing sufficient stiffness to limit differential movements within the superstructure. Although stiffened slab-on-grade foundations can be utilized as noted to limit differential movements, a stiffened slab-on-grade is not recommended for large buildings, buildings with irregular shapes or configurations, wings or projections where stiffness cannot be provided across the entirety of the building area as they are more likely to exhibit movement distress. Accordingly, a shallow stiffened slab-on-grade foundation is not recommended for support of the main building structure. However, stiffened slab-on-grade foundations may be used for smaller ancillary structures such as mechanical buildings or other similar buildings, which are rectangular in nature, provided that movements of up to approximately one inch are acceptable to the owner and the design team and provided that the site improvement earthwork recommendations included in the "PVR Discussion" and "Structure Pad Preparation" sections of this report are performed. Drilled Piers — Conventional straight shaft drilled piers and underreamed drilled piers were considered for use at this site. Due to the relatively shallow depth to groundwater and the low strength soils near the depths where underreams would be founded, underreamed piers are not considered suitable for this site. Straight shaft drilled piers are an appropriate foundation system for support of the main building structure and recommendations for straight shaft drilled piers are provided in this report. Due to relatively shallow groundwater and the intermediate depth sand stratum at the site, the use of temporary steel casing or drilling slurry, or a combination of both, will be required during the straight shaft drilled pier installation process. Temporary steel casing will prevent sloughing of the drilled pier excavations and prevent groundwater from entering the casing, and can be used without the need for drilling slurry, provided the casing is sealed in competent clay. A competent clay stratum was encountered between depths of approximately 28 and 38 feet in the borings and extended to the deepest boring termination depths of approximately 50 feet. Page 10 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 For piers founded within the water-bearing sand soils, slurry displacement methods will be required for proper pier installation. Recommendations for straight-shaft drilled pier foundations for support of the main building structure are provided in this report. In addition, recommendations for stiffened slab-on-grade foundations for potential support of smaller ancillary, mechanical or maintenance buildings are provided in this report. FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Straight Shaft Drilled Pier Recommendations RETL recommends that the main building structure be supported by straight shaft drilled piers. The structural designer can utilize the allowable unit skin friction values for the range in depths included in the following table for straight shaft drilled piers to resist the axial loads given the strengths of the subsurface soils encountered. Allowable Unit Skin Friction Values Depth Below Existing Grade (ft) Allowable Unit Skin Friction (psf) 0 - 5 Neglect 5-23 325 23 -43 480 43 -45 650 All depths are referenced from the existing ground surface elevations at the boring locations during the time of our field investigation. The allowable unit skin friction values provided above are based on the strengths of the in-situ soils and utilize a design safety factor of 2 against shear failure. The straight shaft drilled piers should be proportioned to be founded at depths between 25 and 45 feet. The piers will be subject to swell uplift forces resulting from adhesion of the expansive soils along the perimeter of the shafts. The swell uplift force can be estimated (in kips) by multiplying the diameter of the pier (in feet) by 20. Uplift can be resisted utilizing the dead load on the pier and the weight of the pier itself. If additional resistance to expansive soil induced uplift is required, the allowable skin friction values below a depth of 10 feet may be utilized in the design. Uplift resistance due to structural loading conditions can be calculated by utilizing the allowable skin friction values provided in the table above. Settlement of a properly designed and constructed straight shaft drilled pier is estimated to be on the order of 1 percent of the shaft diameter of the pier and differential settlements of equally loaded same size drilled shafts should experience differential settlements on the order of '/2 percent of the pier shaft diameters. Page 11 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Straight shaft drilled piers should be spaced no closer than three pier diameters apart measured center to center. Drilled piers at this site should be adequately reinforced with a minimum of 1 percent of the cross-sectional area of the pier shaft throughout the depth of the pier to withstand uplift forces. Lateral Pier Analysis Drilled piers supporting the building structure may be subjected to lateral loads. Lateral pier analysis programs such as L-pile will require the following soil parameters for this site: L-Pile Design Criteria D Description C Ye K Eso 0- 5 CLAY Neglect 5- 10 CLAY 1,200 0 120 500 0.007 10- 23 CLAY 1,200 0 60 500 0.007 2330 30 SAND 0 34 55 90 --- 30- 43 CLAY 1,800 0 60 500 0.007 43- 45 CLAY 2,500 0 60 1,000 0.005 Where: D = depth (ft) Y£ =effective unit weight, pcf C = shear strength, psf K= modulus of subgrade reaction (pci) = angle of internal friction, deg. Eso= 50%strain value K and E50 values were estimated from known correlations. Floor Slabs used with Drilled Piers Slabs used in conjunction with straight-shaft piers shall be structural slabs and have a minimum 10-inch void space below the bottom of the structural slab and structural grade beams spanning between the piers. All beams spanning between piers shall be structurally connected to the piers. Carton forms may be utilized to create the minimum 10-inch void space, or a crawl space can be constructed. A crawl space will allow for hanging of underfloor utilities such that differential movements between the underfloor soils and the relatively fixed floor slab, and the associated differential movements between buried underfloor utilities and the building structure, should not pose potential future issues at utility penetrations. In addition, a crawl space will allow for future maintenance beneath the building, if necessary. If a crawl space is utilized, a mud slab should be used in the underfloor area and provisions should be made to remove any water that enters the crawl space and not allow water to accumulate. Page 12 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Slab-on-Grade Foundation Recommendations (Ancillary Structures) Monolithic stiffened grid type beam and slab-on-grade foundations are feasible to support planned ancillary buildings if foundation movements of approximately 1 inch can be tolerated. The PVR shall be reduced to approximately 1 inch by performing the recommended site improvements in the "PVR Discussion" and "Building Pad Preparation" sections of this report. It should be noted that rigid exterior walls and interior partitions are subject to distress with the slightest soil related foundation movements, even differential movements as small as 1 inch. Interior and exterior grade beams should be founded within properly compacted select fill, at a minimum depth of 2 or 2'/2 feet, respectively, below the finished floor slab elevation. Perimeter grade beams should be founded at least 2 feet below the final exterior grade. Load-bearing grade beams can be designed for a net allowable unit soil bearing pressure of 2,000 psf. The net allowable unit soil bearing pressure provided utilizes an approximate design safety factor of 3. Concentrated loads should be placed at widened grade beam locations, at intersection of grade beams or where haunches can be constructed if loading conditions warrant increased bearing area. The beams should be a minimum of 12 inches wide to reduce the potential for localized shear failure and the beams should be spaced at a maximum distance of 18 feet, in both directions. The Structural Engineer may vary beam depths and spacing based on experience designing and constructing similar type structures on sites with similar subsurface soil conditions. The "Design of Slab-On-Ground Foundations,"published by the Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc. (Aug., 1981), utilizes the design criteria provided in the table below: WRI Design Criteria Climatic Rating (Cw) 17 Effective Plasticity Index 25 Soil/Climatic Rating Factor(1-C) 0.10 Maximum Beam Spacing, Both Directions (ft) 18 WRI slab design criteria provided above takes into account that excavation of the existing soils, organics and other deleterious materials are removed to a depth of 5 feet from the ancillary building areas as recommended herein and extend out beyond the limits of the building foundations a minimum of 5 feet, including all appurtenances. The exposed subgrade soils should then be moisture conditioned and compacted prior to replacing the excavated soils with at least 6 feet of properly compacted select fill soils to achieve finished concrete floor slab elevations approximately 1% feet above the average existing grade in order to reduce the PVR to approximately 1 inch. Page 13 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 A soil supported floor slab is subject to vertical movements, as discussed earlier in this report. Even slight differential movements on the order of 1 inch can cause distress to interior wall partitions and rigid exterior walls or facades supported by a shallow slab-on-grade foundation, resulting in cosmetic damage. This amount of movement should be understood and addressed during the design phase of any proposed ancillary structure planned for construction at this site. PAVEMENT CONSIDERATIONS In designing the proposed parking areas and driveways, the existing subgrade conditions must be considered together with the expected traffic use and loading conditions. The conditions that influence pavement design can be summarized as follows: • Bearing values of the subgrade. These can be represented by a California Bearing Ratio (CBR)for the design of flexible pavements, or a Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (K) for rigid pavements. • Vehicular traffic, in terms of the number and frequency of vehicles and their range of axle loads. • Probable increase in vehicular use over the life of the pavement. • The availability of suitable materials to be used in the construction of the pavement and their relative costs. Specific laboratory testing to define the subgrade strength (i.e. CBR/K values) have not been performed for this analysis. Based upon local experience, the estimated CBR and K values for the natural surficial clay soils encountered at the planned pavement areas are, 3 and 100 pci, respectively. Since traffic counts and design vehicles have not been provided, it is only possible to provide non-engineered pavement sections suitable for light and medium-duty service based on pavement sections that have provided adequate serviceability for similar type facilities and on similar soils. Parking areas and drives can be designed with either a flexible or rigid pavement. If heavy trucks are expected to frequently use the pavements at this site, rigid concrete pavements are recommended. Page 14 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Pavement Recommendations The recommended light and medium-duty flexible pavement sections, using locally available materials, are provided in the following table. Light-Duty Medium-Duty Flexible Pavement (Passenger Cars & Parking) (Driveways) Option 1 Option 2 Option 1 Option 2 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete 2 inches 2 inches 2'/2 inches 2'/2 inches Crushed Limestone Base Material 6 inches 6 inches 8 inches 8 inches TxDOT Item 247 Type A; Gr. 1-2 Tensar Geogrid TX-5 Yes ---- Yes ---- Lime Stabilized Subgrade (6%) ---- 8 inches ---- 8 inches Compacted Subgrade 12 inches ---- 12 inches ---- Hot mix asphaltic concrete should meet the requirements set forth in TxDOT Item 340; Type D, or C, surface course. Base materials in flexible pavement areas should meet the requirements set forth in Texas Standard Specifications 2014; Item 247, Type A, Grade 1-2 and should be placed in maximum 8-inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 98 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the modified Proctor test (ASTM D1557) and within ± 1.5 percent of the optimum moisture content. The use of concrete for paving has become more prevalent in recent years due to the long- term maintenance cost benefits of concrete pavement compared to asphaltic pavements. The recommended light and medium-duty rigid pavement sections are provided in the following table. Medium-duty rigid concrete pavements are recommended if heavy truck traffic will use the pavements. Light-Duty Medium-Duty Rigid Pavement (Passenger Cars & Parking) (Driveways/Bus Loop) Option 1 Option 2 Option 1 Option 2 Reinforced Concrete 6 inches 6 inches 7 inches 7 inches Crushed Limestone Base Material 6 inches ---- 6 inches (TxDOT Item 247 Type A; Gr. 1-2) Lime Stabilized Subgrade (6%) ---- 8 inches ---- 8 inches Compacted Subgrade 12 inches ---- 12 inches ---- Concrete pavement should be properly reinforced and jointed, as per ACI, and should have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. Expansion joints should be sealed with an appropriate sealant so that moisture infiltration into the subgrade soils and resultant concrete deterioration at the joints is minimized. The joints should be thoroughly cleaned, and sealant should be installed without overfilling before pavement is opened to traffic. Page 15 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Base materials in rigid pavement areas, if used, should meet the requirements set forth in Texas Standard Specifications 2014; Item 247, Type A, Grade 1-2 and should be placed in maximum 8-inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698) and within ± 1.5 percent of the optimum moisture content. Concrete pavement at least 8-inches thick is recommended for the trash dump approach areas due to the high wheel and impact loads that these areas receive. The concrete pads at the location of the trash dumpsters should be large enough to accommodate both the front and rear wheels of the vehicles used to pick up the trash dumpsters. Maintenance or operations managers need to stress the importance of placing the trash dumpsters in their proper locations to reduce the distress trash pickup operations place on the pavement. Allowances for proper drainage and proper material selection of base materials are most important for performance of pavements. Ruts, birdbaths and poor site drainage allow for quick deterioration of the pavement primarily due to saturation of the underlying base materials and subgrade soils. Pavement Subgrade Preparation In areas where the pavements will be constructed, after all surface organics and deleterious materials have been removed to the desired subgrade elevation, the subgrade shall be proofrolled using a heavy pneumatic roller. Any soft areas identified shall be removed to firm soils, reworked and recompacted in place to obtain a stable and non-yielding subgrade. Upon completion of the proofrolling, and if an Option 1 pavement section will be used, the subgrade soils should be scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted to the minimum specified depth of 12 inches. The subgrade should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by the standard Proctor (ASTM D698), and at, or above the optimum moisture content. Where a pavement section containing geogrid will be used, after proper compaction of the subgrade, a layer of the specified geogrid required shall be placed on the properly prepared raw subgrade and shall extend outside the limits of the crushed limestone base material. The geogrid shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. If a pavement section option containing lime-stabilized subgrade will be used, then upon completion of proof rolling, the lime stabilization operations shall be performed in accordance with TxDOT Item 260, "LIME TREATMENT FOR MATERIALS USED AS SUBGRADE (ROAD MIXED)." Based on the results of the Atterberg limits testing for the subgrade soils and associated curves provided in TxDOT Test Method 121-E, RETL recommends that the lime be mixed at the rate of 6 percent, based on the maximum dry unit weight of the raw subgrade soils as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). The lime stabilized soils should be compacted to a minimum density of 98 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by a standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. Page 16 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Routine Maintenance of Rigid and Flexible Pavement Systems The pavement sections provided in this report are designed based on pavement sections constructed on similar subgrade soils and for facilities similar to those planned for construction at this site. The pavements will require routine maintenance such as crack sealing and seal coats for flexible pavements and joint maintenance for rigid pavement sections in order to achieve a desirable life of pavement. Without proper maintenance, moisture infiltration into the base material and subgrade will result in rapid deterioration of the pavement system. RETL recommends that the owner protect their investment by incorporating an aggressive maintenance program. SITE IMPROVEMENT METHODS Concrete Flatwork and Drainage Construction Considerations The change in moisture content of the plastic clay soils is the primary mechanism resulting in the volumetric changes of the supporting soils. Provisions in the site development should be made in order to maintain relatively uniform moisture contents of the supporting soils. A number of measures may be used to attain a reduction in subsoil moisture content variations. Some of these measures are outlined below: • During construction, positive drainage schemes should be implemented to prevent ponding of water on the subgrade. • Positive drainage should be maintained around the structures and site flatwork through roof/gutter systems connected to piping or directed to paved surfaces, transmitting water away from the foundation perimeters and site flatwork. In addition, positive grades sloping away from the foundations and site flatwork should be designed and implemented. • We recommend that an effective site drainage plan be devised by others prior to commencement of construction to provide positive drainage away from the site improvements and off the site, both during, and after construction. • It is recommended that all site improvements, including building structures, movement sensitive flatwork, and the running track, establish the final slab and/or track surface elevation at least 1'/2 feet above the average existing and surrounding grades in order to establish positive and rapid drainage away from the improvements. • The top 2 feet of utility trenches should be backfilled with low plasticity clays to assure the trenches do not serve as aqueducts that could transport water beneath the structures due to excessive surface water infiltration. Clay plugs or collars should also be installed in utility trenches at the edges of the structures to prevent water from moving laterally into the select fill pads or underfloor areas, whichever is applicable. Page 17 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 • Vegetation placed in landscape beds that are adjacent to the structure and site flatwork should be limited to plants and shrubs that will not exceed a mature height of 3 feet. Large bushes and trees should be planted away from the foundation and flatwork at a distance that will exceed their full mature height and canopy width. • Individual concrete panels of site flatwork should be dowelled together to minimize trip hazards as a result of differential movements within the flatwork. • Site flatwork should be designed to drain quickly with a minimum positive slope of 1 percent. • In areas where movement sensitive flatwork is planned for construction, if it is desired or necessary to reduce the PVR movements beneath flatwork, the expansive clay soils should be undercut and replaced with select fill as discussed in the "PVR Discussion" and "Structure Pad Preparation" sections of this report. • In areas where non-movement sensitive flatwork is planned for construction, and extending 5 feet outside the plan area of the flatwork, all surface organics and deleterious materials shall be removed, the upper 12 inches of exposed subgrade soils should be scarified, moisture conditioned to a minimum of 2 percent above the optimum moisture content and then compacted to at least 90-percent and not more than 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698). All project features beyond the scope of those discussed above should be planned and designed similarly to attain a region of relatively uniform moisture content within the foundation and flatwork areas. Poor drainage schemes are generally the primary cause of foundation and flatwork problems in South Texas. CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS Structure Pad Preparation Straight-shaft drilled pier foundations with a structurally suspended floor slab system is recommended to support the main building structure and therefore building pad preparation to reduce the PVR value is not required for the main building. Rather, appropriate grading, proof- rolling and ordinary compaction of the subgrade soils should be performed as necessary to properly support formwork and/or carton forms during construction. Page 18 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 In areas where ancillary structures will use soil-supported slab on grade foundations, and in areas where movement-sensitive flatwork will be constructed, in order to reduce the PVR to approximately 1 inch it will be necessary to remove soils, organics and other deleterious materials to a depth of 5 feet as indicated in the "PVR Discussion" section of this report. The excavation should extend outside the building footprints and/or flatwork areas for a distance of 5 feet. In the running track location, it will be necessary to remove soils, organics and other deleterious materials to a depth sufficient to achieve the desired design PVR value as indicated in the "PVR Discussion" section of this report. The appropriate design PVR value should be determined based upon discussion between the owner and the track designer in consideration of the final track design, including track constituents and surface materials and their respective movement tolerances, as well as the owner's performance expectation and cost-benefit analysis. The excavation should extend outside the edges of the running track area for a distance of 5 feet. Once the excavation operations in the ancillary building areas, movement sensitive flatwork areas and/or running track area are performed, the upper 1 foot of exposed subgrade soils shall be moisture conditioned and recompacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698) and the moisture content shall be maintained at, or above, the optimum moisture content. If any soft areas are identified, the soils should be removed and recompacted in place. Upon completion of the subgrade preparation operations, properly compacted select fill material should be placed as necessary to achieve a finished concrete slab and/or track surface elevation that is 1'/2 feet above the average surrounding grades. Properly compacted "Select Fill" soils shall be placed in no greater than 8-inch thick loose lifts and compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. The select fill shall be placed in such a manner to provide a uniform fill pad thickness beneath the proposed ancillary buildings, movement-sensitive flatwork and/or running track. In the ancillary structure areas where stiffened slab-on-grade foundations will be constructed, excavation of grade beams may proceed after placement of the select fill is complete. Select Fill Imported select fill material used at this site should be homogenous, free from organics and other deleterious materials and should have a maximum liquid limit of 40 percent and a plasticity index (PI) between 7 and 18. The select fill soils shall have a minimum of 35 percent passing the #200 sieve and no soil particles exceeding 1'/2 inches will be permitted. The fill should be placed in no greater than 8-inch thick loose lifts and then compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum dry density, as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D698), and at, or above, the optimum moisture content. Page 19 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Drilled, Cast-in-Place, Piers Successful installation of straight shaft drilled piers at this site will require either temporary steel casing or drilling slurry, or a combination of temporary steel casing and drilling slurry, to prevent sloughing soils from entering the pier excavation prior to pier observation, placing reinforcing steel and pier concrete. Temporary steel casing requires a competent clay stratum to seal the casing to prevent water intrusion into the pier excavation. Competent clay was generally encountered between depths of approximately 28 and 38 feet in the borings and once encountered below the sand stratum, extended to the deepest boring termination depths of approximately 50 feet. Casing can be driven below the bearing elevation of the pier if necessary to properly seal into a competent clay stratum. However, the casing should not be overdriven by more than a few feet. Care must be taken during concrete placement and casing removal to ensure that sufficient concrete head is maintained inside the casing to prevent soil intrusions in the pier concrete. Concrete should be placed as soon as possible after all loose material has been removed, the pier excavation inspected, and reinforcing steel installed. A relatively high slump concrete mix (6 to 7-inches) is suggested to minimize problems related to the concrete adhering to the casing as the casing is removed and to minimize aggregate segregation caused by the reinforcing steel. Free fall of concrete into the pier excavation is permitted provided the concrete can be placed into the pier excavation without striking the sides of the excavation or hitting the rebar. It should be noted that research has shown that free fall concrete guided at the top of the excavation to avoid contact with the sides of the pier excavation and reinforcing steel can drop more than 80 feet without any measurable segregation. In addition, the research has shown that as long as the concrete drop is in air the strength of the concrete was not adversely affected. In situations where it is impossible for the concrete to fall freely without striking the rebar cage or sides of the pier excavation the free fall should be limited to 10 feet or placed with a tremie. Pier excavations should not be allowed to stay open overnight. The successful placement of a pier foundation is dependent on the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor. It is recommended that test pier excavations be performed at the site to verify groundwater levels, stability and seepage/infiltration conditions at the specific location and time, and to ensure that the proper method of pier installation is being performed. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should be present to witness the test pier excavations and installation of all production piers. For piers founded within the water-bearing sand soils, slurry displacement methods will be required for proper pier installation. With slurry displacement, it is essential that there is a sufficient slurry head available (or that the slurry density can be increased as needed) so the inside pressure is greater than that from the groundwater table or the tendency of the soil to cave. Page 20 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Bentonite is most commonly used with water to produce the slurry ("bentonite slurry"). Some experimentation may be required to obtain optimum percentage for a site but amounts in the range of 4 to 6 percent by weight are usually adequate. The bentonite should be well mixed with water so that the mixture is not lumpy. The slurry should be capable of forming a filter cake on the shaft wall and to carry the smaller (say, under 6mm) excavated particles in suspension. With the slurry method it is generally desirable to: • Prevent having the slurry in the shaft too long to prevent an excessively thick filter cake is difficult to displace with concrete during shaft filling. • Pump the slurry and screen out the larger soil particles in suspension then the "conditioned" slurry can be returned to the shaft prior to concreting. • Care should be exercised in excavating clay through the slurry so that pulling a large fragment does not cause sufficient negative pore pressure, or suction, to develop and collapse a part of the shaft. When the shaft is complete the rebar cage is set in place and a tremie installed (this sequence is usually necessary so that the tremie does not have to be pulled to set the cage and then reinserted-almost certain to produce a slurry film discontinuity in the shaft). Concrete is pumped with great care taken that the tremie is always well submerged in the concrete so a minimum surface area is exposed and contaminated with slurry. Studies have shown that the concrete will adequately displace slurry particles from the rebar cage so a good bond can be obtained, and as previously noted, if the shaft is not open too long the filter cake on the pier wall is reasonably displaced as well. The successful placement of a pier foundation is dependent on the expertise of the drilled pier foundation contractor. It is recommended that at least one test pier excavation be performed at the site at the time of construction to verify groundwater conditions at the specific location and time, and to ensure that the proper method of pier installation is being performed. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should be present to witness the test pier excavation and installation of all production piers. Earthwork and Acceptance Exposure to the environment may weaken the soils at the foundation and pavement bearing levels if the excavations remain open for long periods of time. Therefore, it is recommended that the foundation and pavement excavations be extended to final grade and that the foundation and pavements be constructed as soon as possible to minimize potential damage to the bearing soils. The foundation and pavement bearing levels should be free of loose soil, ponded water or debris and should be observed prior to concreting or placing pavement constituents by the Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative. Page 21 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Foundation concrete or pavement constituents should not be placed on soils that have been disturbed by rainfall or seepage. If the bearing soils are softened by surface water intrusion, or by desiccation, the unsuitable soils must be removed from the foundation and pavement excavations and be replaced with properly compacted fill prior to placement of concrete or pavement constituents per Engineer's direction. The Geotechnical Engineer, or his designated representative, should monitor subgrade preparation and placement of fill. As a guideline, a minimum of one in-place density test shall be performed on the subgrade soils and each subsequent lift of fill for each 3,000 square feet, or a minimum of three in-place density tests per testing interval, whichever is greater. Any areas not meeting the required compaction should be recompacted and retested until compliance is met. Vapor Retarder A vapor retarder with a permeance of less than 0.3 US perms (ASTM E96) should be placed under the concrete floor slabs on carton forms or prepared structure pad materials, as applicable, to reduce the transmission of water vapor from the supporting soil through the concrete slab and to function as a slip sheet to reduce subgrade drag friction. Polyethylene film, or polyolefin, with a minimum thickness of 10 mils (0.25 mm) is typically used for reduced vapor transmission and durability during and after its installation. The vapor retarder should be installed according to the ASTM El643, "Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs." All penetrations through the vapor retarder should be sealed to ensure its integrity. The vapor retarder should be taped around all openings to ensure the effectiveness of the barrier. Grade stakes should not be driven through the barrier and care should be taken to avoid punctures during reinforcement and concrete placement. Placement of slab concrete directly on the vapor retarder increases the risks of surface dusting, blistering and slab curling making good concrete practice critical. A low water to cement ratio concrete mix design, combined with proper and adequate curing procedures, will help ensure a good quality slab. Where vapor transmission is not a concern, elimination of the vapor retarder may provide improvements in finishing characteristics and reductions in the risks of surface dusting, blistering and slab curling. However, exposure of portions of the subgrade or granular layer, such as at blockouts for columns or utility penetrations to inclement weather during construction may create excessive or deficient moisture conditions beneath portions of the slab that have already been placed. Blockouts for slab penetrations should be protected if a vapor retarder is omitted. ACI 302.1 R- 96 "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction," recommends that a vapor retarder or vapor barrier be used only when required by the specific application. Page 22 of 23 September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 Utilities Utilities that project through slabs, foundations or walls should be designed with either some degree of flexibility, or with sleeves, in order to prevent damage to these lines should vertical movement occur. Expansion and Control Joints Expansion and control joints should be designed and placed in various portions of the structures. Properly planned placement of these joints will assist in controlling the degree and location of material cracking that normally occurs due to material shrinkage, thermal affects, soil movements and other related structural conditions. GENERAL COMMENTS If significant changes are made in the character or location of the proposed Police Training Academy, a consultation should be arranged to review any changes with respect to the prevailing soil conditions. At that time, it may be necessary to submit supplementary recommendations. It is recommended that the services of RETL be engaged to test and evaluate the soils in the foundation and pavement excavations in order to verify that the subgrade soils are consistent with those encountered in the borings. RETL cannot accept any responsibility for any conditions that deviate from those described in this report, nor for the performance of the foundations or pavements if not engaged to also provide construction observation and testing for this project. If it is required for RETL to accept any liability, then RETL must agree with the plans and perform observation during construction as we recommend. All sheeting, shoring and bracing of trenches, pits and excavations should be made the responsibility of the contractor and should comply with all current and applicable local, state and federal safety codes, regulations and practices, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Page 23 of 23 APPENDIX ��,�� T/� • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING&TESTING '9q� oPQo • SOILS•ASPHALT • CONCRETE `a0 SITE VICINITY MAP go 5 I" 24 - 1 13 - 26 -z _ zfi f September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 ROCK ENGINEERING& TESTING LABORATORY,INC. Corpus Christi San Antonio Round Rock Office: 361.883.4555 Office:210.495.8000 Office: 512.284.8022 Fax:361.883.4711 Fax:210.495.8015 Fax:512.284.7764 6917 Leopard St. 10856 Vandale 7 Roundville Ln. Corpus Christi,TX 78409 San Antonio,TX 78216 Round Rock,TX 78664 www.rocktesting.com ��,�� T/� • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING&TESTING '9q� oPQo • SOILS•ASPHALT • CONCRETE `a0 BORING LOCATION PLAN PAW J i1 • _ 24 ✓6l �V +r L• _ September 30, 2021 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY (21086) Attn: Mr. Isaac Perez Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, Texas RETL Job Number G121421 MSA No. 3399, Project No. 21086, Task Order No. 13 ROCK ENGINEERING& TESTING LABORATORY,INC. Corpus Christi San Antonio Round Rock Office: 361.883.4555 Office:210.495.8000 Office: 512.284.8022 Fax:361.883.4711 Fax:210.495.8015 Fax:512.284.7764 6917 Leopard St. 10856 Vandale 7 Roundville Ln. Corpus Christi,TX 78409 San Antonio,TX 78216 Round Rock,TX 78664 www.rocktesting.com LOG OF BORING B-'I SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p o I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/7/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 15 feet during drilling. w z ? &5 GW at 8 feet and caved at 18.5 feet upon completion. J co LL z F } LL > o0 24-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 6.5 feet and Caved at 7 feet. p � F""c1 U U U t= Z) FJ5 N m H J _ z LL 0 0 n w p H F U) U (� i r co 2 (a O w J 0n(nZ oo° Z) 2=a Z z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Am O oa � aG ) n zd �o LL PL PI o v U)i tzl z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS N=9 23 FAT CLAY, dark gray, moist,stiff. S-1 SH P=4.5+ 29 63 21 42 86 Same as above, gray,very stiff. (CH) 5 S-2 SH P=2.25 30 Same as above, light gray and brown, stiff. S-3 SH P= 1.5 28 67 22 45 95 FAT CLAY, brown, moist,stiff. (CH) 10 S-4 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=2.0 20 109 1.0 LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. S-5 SH P=2.25 19 Same as above. 15 S-6 SH P=3.75 19 27 11 16 Same as above. 20 S-7 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=26 21 20 16 4 17 SILTY CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, medium. (SC-SM) 25 S-8 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=19 23 CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, medium. 30 S-9 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ sH P= 1.75 28 54 23 31 94 FAT CLAY, greenish gray, moist, stiff. (CH) 35 S-10 SH P=2.75 19 107 1.4 Same as above. 40 S-11 0 c� W SH P=4.5+ 25 Same as above, very stiff. Y 45 S-12 O O a- a cD s-13 P=4.5+ 24 FAT CLAY, greenish gray, moist, very stiff. 50 Boring was terminated at a depth of 50 feet. z of a IN -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX o N 27.65565° W 97.37206° P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-2 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p o I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/7/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 16 feet during drilling. w z ? &5 GW at 8.5 feet and caved at 20 feet upon completion. J co LL z F } LL > o0 24-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 7 feet and Caved at 8 feet. p � F""c1 U U U t= � N m H z LL 0 0 n w p H F- U) U ( 2 �_ w w in cn cn n rn co z W w O = J J 0(n J (nZ oo° }0 � Z (a �z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Am � a o� a O oa � o a- G ) n z d o LL PL PI o v U)i tzl z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS N=8 20 63 21 42 83 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. (CH) S-1 SH P= 1.75 29 Same as above, gray and brown. 5 S-2 SH S-3 P= 1.5 3K 30 Same as above, brown. ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH 10 S-4 P= 1.75 31 40 16 24 94 LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. (CL) ----- ---- — -- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P= 1.0 22 57 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown and greenish gray, moist,firm. S-5 SH P= 1.5 20 109 1.7 Same as above, stiff. 15 S-6 SH P= 1.75 19 Same as above. 20 S-7 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=23 21 22 14 8 19 CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, medium. (SC) 25 S-8 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ ss N=16 18 21 SILTY SAND, brown, moist, medium. 30 S-9 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ ss MN=37 31 80 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, hard. 35 S-10 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=4.5+ 19 49 16 33 77 SANDY LEAN CLAY,greenish gray, moist, very stiff. (CL) 40 S-11 0 c� W SH P=4.5+ 28 92 2.0 FAT CLAY, greenish gray, moist,very stiff. Y 45 S-12 O O a- a cD S-13 P=4'5+ 24 Same as above. 50 Boring was terminated at a depth of 50 feet. z of IN -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates a N 27.65547° W 97.37220° �' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-3 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p o I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/7/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 24 feet during drilling. w z ? &5 GW at 9 feet and caved at 9.5 feet upon completion. J co LL z F } LL > o0 24-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 7 feet and Caved at 12 feet. p � F""c1 U U U t= Z) FJ5 N m H z LL 0 0 n w p H F- U) U ( 2 p__ w w in cn cn n Cl) co z W w O = J J 0 V)V)Z H G0 0 Z (n U> J a m o o° o � a o_ } a z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A O) o can � z d: o LL PL PI o a- Gv U)i tz z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS S-1 N=9 20 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. SH P=3.25 19 69 20 49 83 Same as above, gray. (CH) 5 S-2 SH S-3 P=3.25 28 Same as above, brown. SH P= 1.5 24 54 18 36 71 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. (CH) 10 S-4 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P= 1.75 20 108 2.0 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist,very stiff. S-5 SH P= 1.5 19 37 14 23 64 Same as above, stiff. (CL) 15 S-6 SH P=2.0 18 Same as above. 20 S-7 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=35 22 NP NP NP 20 SILTY SAND, brown, moist,dense. (SM) 25 s 8 ss N=24 16 Same as above, dark brown, medium. 30 S-9 JSH 8 22 Same as above. 35 --- ———— — -- -- -- -- ------------------------------ .25 21 104 2.1 SANDY LEAN CLAY,greenish gray, moist, very stiff. 40 0 c� --- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ W .5+ 31 71 28 43 93 FAT CLAY, greenish gray, moist,very stiff. (CH) Y 45 O O a- a c� .0 25 Same as above. 50 Boring was terminated at a depth of 50 feet. z of a IN -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX o N 27.65561° W 97.37220° P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-4 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 18 feet during drilling. w z ? &5 GW at 9 feet and caved at 16 feet upon completion. J co LL o F } LL > o0 6-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 8.5 feet and Caved at 14 feet. o � F""c1 U U U t= Z) FJ5 N m H z LL 0 0 n w p H F- U) U ( 2 p__ w w in(n cn n co z w CY o = J J 0 V)V)Z H 0 � � 0 � � Z (n U> J a m o o° o a o_ } Z) 2 a z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A o can � z d 0 2 LL PL PI o a ov U)i tz z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS N=7 21 75 22 53 81 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist,firm. (CH) S-1 SH P= 1.25 32 Same as above, gray and brown. 5 S-2 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P= 1.75 31 55 18 37 89 FAT CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. (CH) S-3 SH P= 1.5 29 Same as above. 10 S-4 ----- ---- — -- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=2.0 19 34 15 19 64 SANDY LEAN CLAY,greenish gray, moist, stiff. (CL) S-5 SH P= 1.5 21 Same as above, brown. 15 S-6 ----- ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P= 1.75 20 CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, stiff. 20 S-7 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=20 23 NP NP NP 9 POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT, brown, moist, medium. 25 S-8 (SP-SM) ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ S N=26 22 SILTY CLAYEY SAND, brown, moist, medium. 30 -9 S Boring was terminated at a depth of 30 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX 0 N 27.65577° W 97.37237° e' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-5 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 18 feet during drilling. w z ? &5 GW at 10.5 feet and caved at 13 feet upon completion. J co LL z F } LL > o0 6-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 8.5 feet and Caved at 14.5 feet. p � FWad U U U t= Z) FJ5 N m H z LL 0 0 n w p H F- U) U ( 2 p__ w w in(n cn n rn co z W w CY O = J J 0 V)V)Z H G0 0 Z (n U> J a m o o° o a a } Z) 2 a z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A O) o can � z d:�o LL PL PI o a w U)i tzl z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS S-1 N=7 28 FAT CLAY, dark gray, moist,firm. SH P=2.5 28 76 22 54 88 Same as above, gray, stiff. (CH) 5 S-2 SH S-3 P= 1.25 26 Same as above, brown,firm. SH P= 1.75 24 50 16 34 91 FAT CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. (CH) 10 S-4 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=4.5+ 17 35 12 23 57 SANDY LEAN CLAY,greenish gray, moist, very stiff. (CL) S-5 SH P=0.75 21 109 1.2 Same as above, brown,stiff. 15 S-6 SH P= 1.75 20 112 0.9 Same as a above,firm. 20 S-7 ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=31 23 24 13 11 8 POORLY GRADED SAND WITH CLAY, brown, moist, dense. 25 S-8 (SP-SC) ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS N=24 24 FAT CLAY, dark brown, moist,very stiff. 30 S"9 Boring was terminated at a depth of 30 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX 0 N 27.65578° W 97.37258° e' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-6 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 15 feet during drilling. w z ? &5 GW at 10 feet and caved at 18 feet upon completion. J co LL o F } L~L > o0 3-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 10 feet and Caved at 18 feet. o FLLLLa 0 J U U N N m H J z LL00n LL p H F U) U (LL i r co 2 CY(a o w J 0� nZ ooF m=a Z z� SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A O oa � ao ) cn o LL PL PI o v U)i tzl z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS N=10 17 68 19 49 82 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. (CH) S-1 SH P=4.25 25 Same as above, gray,very stiff. 5 S-2 SH P=2.0 27 59 19 40 85 Same as above, brown, stiff. (CH) S-3 SH P= 1.75 25 52 19 33 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, brown, moist, stiff. 10 S-4 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=2.0 21 106 1.8 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. S-5 SH P=4.5+ 17 33 16 17 53 Same as above, very stiff. (CL) 15 S-6 SH P=0.75 19 107 1.1 Same as above, stiff. 20 S-7 ————— ———— — -- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SS 25 S-8 N=27 21 10 POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT, brown, moist, medium. 17 Same as above. SS N=18 24 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist,very stiff. 30 S"g Boring was terminated at a depth of 30 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX 0 N 27.65602° W 97.37273° o' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-7 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was not encountered during drilling. w z ? &5 Dry and caved at 11 feet upon completion. J co LL z F } LL > o0 3-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 10 feet and Caved at 13 feet. p � F""c1 U U U t= Z) FJ5 N m H z LL 0 0 n w p H F- U U ( 2 p__ w w in cn cn n co z w CY O = J J 0(n(nZ H 0 � � 0 � � Z (n � J a m o o° o a o_ } Z) 2 a z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/A O) o can � z d o LL PL PI o a w U)i t✓ z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS W 9 18 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. S-1 SH P=2.75 26 61 19 42 79 Same as above, gray. (CH) 5 S-2 SH S-3 P=2.25 30 Same as above, brown. ————— ———— ———— -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=2.25 35 76 22 54 99 FAT CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. (CH) 10 S-4 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ - sH P=2.5 26 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. S-5 SH P=0.75 18 Same as above,firm. 15 S-6 Boring was terminated at a depth of 15 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� of N a N_ z a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX 0 N 27.65640° W 97.37249° P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-8 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p o I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was encountered at a depth of 10.5 feet during drilling. w z ? &5 GW at 9.5 feet and caved at 11 feet upon completion. J co LL z F } L~L > o0 2-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 9 feet and Caved at 12 feet. p FLLLLa 0 J U U N N m i- J z LL00n LL p H F U) U (LL i r co 2 CY(a O w J 0(n(nZ oo° Z) 2=a Z z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Am O oa � 0 of aw) n zd o LL PLPI U)i tz' z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS W 9 20 62 15 47 83 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. (CH) S-1 SH P=2.0 27 Same as above, gray. 5 S-2 ----- ---- ---- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P=2.0 27 64 19 45 96 FAT CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. (CH) S-3 SH P= 1.75 27 Same as above. 10 S-4 ----- ---- — -- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P= 1.25 19 31 15 16 66 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist,firm. (CL) S-5 SH P=2.0 17 Same as above, stiff. 15 S-6 Boring was terminated at a depth of 15 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GIPS Coordinates Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX a IN27.65636° W 97.37203° P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-9 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Groundwater(GW)was not encountered during drilling. w z ? &5 Dry and caved at 11 feet upon completion. J co LL z F } LL > o0 6-Hour Delayed Readings:GW at 8 feet and Caved at 12 feet. p � FWad U U U t= Z) FJ5 N m H J _ z LL 0 0 n w p H F U) U (p_ i r co 2 CY(a O w J 0n(nZ oo° Z) 2=a Z z SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Am O oa � aw) n zd �o LL PL PI o U)i t✓ z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM Ss W 9 21 FAT CLAY, dark gray, moist,stiff. S-1 SH P= 1.75 25 65 18 47 89 Same as above, gray and brown. (CH) 5 S-2 SH S-3 P=2.0 26 Same as above, brown. SH 10 S-4 P=2.5 33 58 16 42 FAT CLAY, brown, moist, stiff. (CH) ----- ---- — -- -- -- -- ------------------------------ SH P= 1.0 20 SANDY LEAN CLAY, brown, moist, soft. S-5 SH P=2.0 20 30 15 15 68 Same as above. (CL) 15 S-6 Boring was terminated at a depth of 15 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: i Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates 0 0 N 27.65606° W 97.37175° O' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-10 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) 6817 Leopard Street LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, TX Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Dry and Open upon completion of drilling. a z w Z in J 2 HHL~L O �_ J } LL j LU p � W W C7 CJ J U U N 7 (n Z 00n W i n n i p H U 2 (n O w w n Z co co w z moo° � Z zNn SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Aa2 -j oa o a O ~ a n d LL PL PI o ui z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS W 9 18 65 21 44 FAT CLAY, dark gray, moist,stiff. (CH) S-1 SH P=2.5 29 Same as above, gray. 5 S-2 Boring was terminated at a depth of 5 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: i Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates 0 0 N 27.65596° W 97.37233° O' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-11 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Dry and Open upon completion of drilling. W z w Z in J 2 HHL~L O �_ J } LL j LU p � W W C7 CJ J U U N 7 (n Z 00n W i n n i p H U 2 O w w n Z co co w z moo° Z (n zNn SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Aa2 } oa o a O ~ a n d LL PL PI o ui z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS W 0 17 FAT CLAY, dark gray, moist,stiff. S-1 SH P=3.0 22 Same as above, very stiff. 5 S-2 Boring was terminated at a depth of 5 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: i Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates 0 0 N 27.65547° W 97.37273° O' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-12 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) Corp Leopard Street us Christi, TX LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Dry and Open upon completion of drilling. W z w Z in J 2 HHL~L O �_ J } LL j LU p � W W C7 CJ J U U N 7 (n Z 00n W i n n i p H U 2 O w w n Z co co w z moo° Z (n zNn SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Aa2 } oa o a O ~ a n d LL PL PI o ui z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS W 10 17 69 18 51 79 FAT CLAY WITH SAND, dark gray, moist, stiff. (CH) S-1 SH P= 1.75 25 Same as above. 5 S-2 Boring was terminated at a depth of 5 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: i Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates 0 0 N 27.65590° W 97.37320° O' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-13 SHEET 1 of 1 G CLIENT: City of Corpus Christi Rock Engineering&Testing Lab. Inc PROJECT: Police Training Academy(21086) 6817 Leopard Street LOCATION: Yorktown Boulevard, Corpus Christi, TX Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 p 0 I °P•O Telephone: 361-883-4555 NUMBER: G121421 Fax: 361-883-4711 9qr U9r DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/8/2021 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Hollow Stem Auger LIMITS x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p W Dry and Open upon completion of drilling. a z w Z in J 2 HHL~L O �_ J } LL j LU p � W W C7 CJ J U U N 7 (n Z 00n W i n n i p H U 2 (n O w w n Z co co w z moo° � Z zNn SURFACE ELEVATION: N/Aa2 -j oa o a O ~ a n d LL PL PI o ui z DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SS W 7 17 FAT CLAY, dark gray, moist,firm. S-1 SH P=4.0 21 Same as above, very stiff. 5 S-2 Boring was terminated at a depth of 5 feet. N O M F J W YI O O a c� N a N_ (D (D of a N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: i Qc-STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Drilling operations were performed by RETL at GPS Coordinates 0 0 N 27.65631° W 97.37341° O' P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J Rock Engineering&Testing Laboratory 6817 Leopard Street Engineering&Testing Corpus Christi,TX 78409-1703 Telephone: 361-883-4555 <4 �o Laboratory, Inc. Fax: 361-883 4711 P� 6e9q�o9Y `aGo�QOQ KEY TO SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOLS UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM TERMS CHARACTERIZING SOIL MAJOR DIVISIONS SYMBOL NAME STRUCTURE GW .'• Well Graded Gravels or Gravel-Sand mixtures, SLICKENSIDED-having inclined planes of little or no fines weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance GRAVEL GP °�° Poorly Graded Gravels or Gravel-Sand mixtures, AND o 0 little or no fines FISSU RFn-cnntaining shrinkarJe cracks, GRAVELLY frequently filled with fine sand or silt; usually SOILS GM Silty Gravels,Gravel-Sand-Silt mixtures more or less vertical LAMINATED(VARVED)-composed of thin layers of varying color and texture,usually grading from COARSE GC Clayey Gravels,Gravel-Sand-Clay Mixtures sand or silt at the bottom to clay at the top GRAINED CRUMBLY-cohesive soils which break into small SOILS Well Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands,little or no SW fines blocks or crumbs on drying Poorly Graded Sands or Gravelly Sands, little or CALCAREOUS-containing appreciable quantities SAND SP no fines of calcium carbonate,generally nodular AND SANDY WELL GRADED-having wide range in grain sizes SOILS SM Silty Sands,Sand-Silt Mixtures and substantial amounts of all intermediate particle sizes SC Clayey Sands,Sand-Clay mixtures POORLY GRADED-predominantly of one grain size uniformly graded)or having a range of sizes with some intermediate size missing(gap or skip ML Inorganic Silts and very fine Sands,Rock Flour, graded) Silty or Clayey fine Sands or Clayey Silts SILTS Inorganic Clays of low to medium plasticity, SYMBOLS FOR TEST DATA AND CLAYS CL Gravelly Clays,Sandy Clays,Silty Clays, Lean LL<50 Clays — 17 — Groundwater Level Organic Silts and Organic Silt-Clays of low - (Initial Reading) FINE OL plasticity GRAINED 1 — Groundwater Level SOILS JH Inorganic Silts, Micaceous or Diatomaceous fine - (Final Reading) Sandy or Silty soils, Elastic Silts ' SILTS — Shelby Tube Sample AND CLAYS Inorganic Clays of high plasticity, Fat Clays LL>50 — SPT Samples Organic Clays of medium to high plasticity, Organic Silts — Auger Sample HIGHLY ORGANIC PT Peat and other Highly Organic soils — Rock Core SOILS TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY OF SOIL COARSE GRAINED SOILS FINE GRAINED SOILS DESCRIPTIVE NO.BLOWS/FT. DESCRIPTIVE NO. BLOWS/FT. UNCONFINED STANDARD PEN. STANDARD PEN. COMPRESSION TERM TEST TERM TEST TONS PER SQ. FT. Very Loose 0-4 Very Soft <2 <0.25 Loose 4-10 Soft 2-4 0.25-0.50 Medium 10-30 Firm 4-8 0.50-1.00 Dense 30-50 Stiff 8-15 1.00-2.00 Very Dense over 50 Very Stiff 15-30 2.00-4.00 Hard over 30 over 4.00 Field Classification for"Consistency"is determined with a 0.25"diameter penetrometer E saoinwag 6uuaau;6u� �0 3uaw},�o daQ off ` o N _5 sszaz SVX31 -03HS 3�lll n IIS16HO Sndaoo Jo .11lo _ o PItiBL Xl "IISRIHo sndaoo o �� '0�I8 NMO1N21o.1 Z069 7� - °L�� -- ����� �� 2101b213N3� co cl AkV30VDV DNINIVbl 30110d 17 ors ) i. 07 77M T-I j z a V > L ~ ce W ce Z n z w � > V � a�i W m W W d Z i O ¢ � W D Ln N U o az WZ � Ear p Z o V W 0 J J j z U 3 Iim a. Cin�cdC — I 'm D v O� pza � w JQ OO ir 2w — ~ Vm� U� + CZ) p ON 0¢ ¢ V� c W � � Ojz = W {nJ OOCC ?F— LLQ� W W �I U Z � p Z U o? w � NN� 4 L6 �d K 0014',1111 � o v= �o W do O ® JJ,, ppRK Ro Yl \ V - ro z m Q o m z N�ObI7 �+J Z r�1 Ll- LLJ �Qro U oPa O U 99^ep'eg NoyomM n __j sa d� Uzi- n ��" �Ao o Z:) � U a Ci- J �a W Z Ljj w �mj�LL� V � LLJ c� nl Q d z U) - dm an3aiw 3ar o Z Haan oe p 81 QooM%IaN� OQOMNaVYJ H as rums U w> evoaow aeva p m w CL U'zY Q as 3rzm3vary � ��o o H J � Q o U odoa ��m,, cn m a U 3 9LOZ/nL/3o :03ivadn — 6wp�lT9£ZYZ w�9f�lL—SZOZ'8Z fiM E s—A—s buijaaui6u� 40 3—pDdaQ $N01103d3N11b103dS Do SbX31 aNd NHId NOUVONnw a VA 1H01NVHOIN _ IIS18HO S(1dNOs da ,ills _ w �'��„00 =_a t�tss xi 'usiaHs sndzlos �� an�e NMo�so aos9 Co JOlVL13N35 M30VO 9N/N/Val 331MJ CL rvoudiaosaa ee aiva oN ndY— Nlidlasea A aiva oN NOS" � o SrnN m> � o� �z� � ° HON F d ------ ------ LU I I I � I I I — I s I II I i I I I I s I I I v P I I wlLULU � — - Q — - I o Q) - z - r r I I N sm - � I ld N — I I i o 8 .'_. u� I I I I - _ a � va6 E L--- ----------J 3 J E saowa5 6uuaaui6u� �0 3uawa�ndaQ C)O o w �m SVX31 SNOI1VOUO3dS ONH S11V130 Wunionns � N paN IlSINH.J smsoo Ja wD cn DS1�3N1,e�]°O =- t�tad XI �1s��H� sndNo� � �� 'a�1�8 NM o1NZlo;, E069 o m a 11Jo1H213N39 M30VNe NNINIVal 33nMj CL rvoudiaosaa ee aiva ory nas�naa rvouaiaosaa ne aiva ory rvo�s" IZI Woo pw I 11H HIS _= a8 3 _ y�'9 _ _ - _ it AW TWA m _-- _ _ ws _ - t HAD 01 a�a I,, J1 a q 8 m - is -H _ 8ei _ _ _ - a_- --_ _--_ _d - __ - __ _ �s - - - �e - Tom �� 11 d9_1a_ ra rt_ 5 caw a_ ra rm w__� d_m�n ov a ra= o A.11 A- o� m z OFF' K -Kzz E'uq- Z uzvp GNilim-got' N� rya - - _ -- _ _ _ - _ _ it G m N t`o gi- ills Z E_ v_S'v Him gill H Hil its HIM. 1110 main lot @ w E o o _ 8 it wo N E - -- - 4 m-_ t o Rim ¢t a ¢o rs w n a ur d 8 E m lo N a9oo i Ilk wo _ o! lit aQ s or 1 ofm J� I� � o � s _ � c - 3a � o it 2 P N _ 1 1 I - - - - - _ e 3 w w` a 3 s LL moll o l¢ 11 if 11E - s" ¢ w INV w2 NO Ali 5-H o g o _ - - NNE �� A o,a �� � two � F`"oa w Z'mg I_EIII II „E a 21 _ 8 - o 117 4o0 o -J o mo - zx -- qd €•25L r�a5.`a c�_uu,av r._ a m d o a¢md it gam; E saoyvag 6uuaau;6u� �0 3uaw3a odaQ 00 o w w pFz�°z SVX31 nbZ �b'IJVIG 3Nn-3NO 31813� -73 IIS18HO sndboo sa ,1115 o Plti9L Xl 'IISINHO S(IdN00 �' QD D�1N1 �� '0AI8 NMOIA60A Z069 w �IO1V213N3O AkV30VOV ONINIVbl 30IlOcl Q os i GQw gg3 9 Z, 2 LLp - all R�o s dog Z. Z. ZSZI all w� LLo ono tzwzh� �6= �agt3=Rw9-g U p TFII z �m -�m=9-,m3 � a-i Who ob., €$ L a aex - a i�€ b m3 m e o bo9W$ 9b� Q LL dz gEl O' ^tea= � a " aW�j 6" -rn Ed sp- p a d tq p ry 8m58 '1pb== flz o � a" ^pa= •r w pip ' " ' J z Epp 98�5 1216 ds d z z ," ✓ego - a \`T., F Z.. �• 6o R. 5`?� W < W u \VAVVV b f AVV\VV\V:, �I = VVVVVV \ \\VA\V ", zz "7sbt I �G���wo S".H. aS $ I g o�" �U� aZ. _ PEN. o �p 9LOZ/tip/�O Oivadn fiMP'lT9fZYZ woff6—SZOZ'fiZ finV E saoyvag 6uuaau;6u� �0 3uaw3aodaQ 00 o W w s::_„ sszra SVX31 Sw=7 oNlavmci 'F WDI&I0313 0 0 IISINHO sndbo0 so ,ills _ o ew a' PltiBL Xl ILSINHO sdN0 0� �N 0A18 NMOIA60I Z069 w AkV30V0V ONINIVbl 3011Ocl N p OIS f rr IZ U) F (D w - z z F z U w X LU � o t5 S O p Zf nl 0 ~O a Sig s y Bf O U O O D =N Q LLi o W o m .�. dWd �m x$ LL m a a o o Q " - €® o o w a U ¢ a < z a z � d w O O 05 4 A. W F z '° 8�&0'0;, is E O o _ Cn ui �`m H LU ZVI <$ � n �k'�� tS w LU z ygyC Y W aZ.k z Zi IL �- a z wg O IEz _ w U . 0 0 0 0 0 0 g U z o cis s s s--- oZ. 6 uz w n ao�zaa$ooa � =�=a €& W J@ o0)1®0 n Z Y 3==LLi�B� �� S � a O-@ 81 .9 a o. i IC3 0 8" z g§ 8� Z 6 WAN 4- J>WR J a $o a r $ _�Y b�����R o=_.:w w= w w O W. a (; 8 N B� ���w ao B N e? a a n s< Z1. o"U� mgn�a N_ZS a F tom-1Po &1 "gpy rc n ko boon`'^.n < �rcV Q � m oe pa N = �s� a a=€ F y yL 1 0 0 =E�o o� o9IM ssR 80�^ i m m E. EV 8 E) S S Q NE N 9LOZ/bL/ZO O31VOHn fi."LT—n woSf lL—SZOz'6z Bn E saoyvag 6uuaau;6u� /0 3uaw3aodaQ 00 o w w ' eszrz SVX31 Nbld �31IS �W�4�9no o IISINHO Sndaoi to ,lllo N J33N���3 = Plti9L Xl 'IISINHO S(IdN00 �31 �� 0A18 NMOINNOA Z069 w F L 1 �IOlH�13N31 An30VDV sNINIVbl 30110cl ors oV iy I 1 - - m ti z � 2. s m l z ° 11 U U U Z Z m rc m F W ® V rc In rcII z 9_ U k� tS8 ztS Z &w TiTil Ln _ w ® m EIRE. Z �® �s Y - r 8 cn r � a oR - I I u I z J _ S N 11 I I fY w L L J Q G_ x �0 zo x ®a� m a ;H j sI'd 'a: � E�o a 3 eooww � 8m =�= 'Lou kaw-mp my s� &55 w boIz ga8 z p�sw �� mm m m �p�m&I �ma� - <'s�3Mm8< d m u m w 9LOZ/VL/�O :O31VOJn fi."LT—n woSf lL-9Z ,w-M E sasyvas 6uuaau;6u3 �o ;uaw3aodaQ NV d ONiawmd °Q ° SdX31 �8 �b�12i1�313 a3�&V_7N3 IIS18HO sndboo so ,olio �w tiltiBL Xl "IISRIHO S(Id2100 i DMI Ii Vl �� '0��8 NMOlNbO.l Z069 w - IIO1H213N3� lW3QYSY SNINIVbl 3SIlOd Q_ ols B.< ea -o - -_ 5 wIHaD DNM _ Gop o g� tS III �2 z < n 0 w� oN3 ao<a O< CO R o w 0 �o 4 b81. ?A z W \ p =gLU p aN E'o e 2 LLI tau g$�42Ho 4 owz �o o a z- s wo �� x4y�bo,Z. � 8 w o 8 &aw oca{{ o�w a a c7 $$a$ LU � Z ASP did w o o w w Za rc w „6 NG� 4$w } � &w hY gabgso� z w „3 y E-; - t5 Ebxp z 12. �a �^i �o� 6z a o o.Ho'o.. °aaa a,zc31_ ¢ tS� =p w = E �w Ss�muS < 5r�-. H a w�`o�boa br 8 0 �"z 6 to S"off r oa a 'a Alw t � 8a 8w %w oa-Qo $off �:aLLzz V tin pLzu 6H. MOO o 0 00 0000 0 9LOd/tip/3O :03ivadn gnZ nY l'6Z gz Bw wog£:lL-SZO 59 ature RaYaaGeV g Wre'. Alld d..L Sgnature C FW' S9nature:_ Fr3 .,de„F.�%.. Emal re.aec� rpi sdir sl'G.gov Emal'.Gllbe�2_mryuscM1r st'dgov Emel a�clynm�m�puscFrrt t..go Email:cy r yL puscFi4sHL:.gw